Honda 2015 Civic Hybrid Owners Manual

Manual ATR21515OM 2015 Honda Civic Hybrid Owner's Manual | Manual Device

2015-10-23

: Honda Honda-2015-Honda-Civic-Hybrid-Owners-Manual-816834 honda-2015-honda-civic-hybrid-owners-manual-816834 honda pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 377

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

0 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

California Proposition 65 Warning
WARNING: This product contains or emits
chemicals known to the state of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other reproductive
harm.

To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the
vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that
have the special equipment, can read the information if they have
access to the vehicle or the EDR.

Event Data Recorders

The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by
anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the
vehicle owner.

This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).
The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related
to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of
time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.

Service Diagnostic Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record
information about powertrain performance. The data can be used
to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians
diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with
data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains
confidential.

California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act
The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this
vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may
apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded
by a NOTICE symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid
damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

1 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

A Few Words About Safety

You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,
including:

Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And
operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.

● Safety Labels - on the vehicle.
● Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol 3 and
one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.
These signal words mean:

To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have
provided operating procedures and other information on labels and
in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that
could hurt you or others.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the
hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You
must use your own good judgment.

3DANGER

You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don’t follow instructions.

3WARNING

You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don’t follow instructions.

3CAUTION

You CAN be HURT if you don’t follow
instructions.

● Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions.
● Safety Section - such as Safe Driving.
● Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
This entire book is filled with important safety information - please
read it carefully.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

2 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Contents

This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the
vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.
This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find
descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your
particular model.
Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover)
represent features and equipment that are available on some, but
not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these
features.

2 Safe Driving P. 27
For Safe Driving P. 28

Seat Belts P. 32

Airbags P. 39

2 Instrument Panel P. 67
Indicators P. 68

Gauges and intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID) P. 84

2 Controls P. 101
Clock P. 102
Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 103
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 121
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 139

2 Features P. 147
Audio System P. 148
Customized Features P. 192

Audio System Basic Operation P. 154
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 205

This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and
Canada.
2 Driving P. 231

The information and specifications included in this publication were
in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd.
reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications
or design at any time without notice and without incurring any
obligation.

Before Driving P. 232
Rearview Camera P. 272

Towing a Trailer P. 237
Refueling P. 273

Fuel Economy P. 276

2 Maintenance P. 279
Before Performing Maintenance P. 280
Maintenance MinderTM P. 283
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 306
Climate Control System Maintenance P. 319

2 Handling the Unexpected P. 325
Tools P. 326
Overheating P. 347

If a Tire Goes Flat P. 327
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 349

2 Information P. 357
Specifications P. 358
Emissions Testing P. 363

Identification Numbers P. 360
Warranty Coverages P. 365

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

3 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Contents
Quick Reference Guide
Child Safety P. 52

Opening and Closing the Trunk P. 114
Adjusting the Mirrors P. 132
Climate Control System P. 144

Audio Error Messages P. 184

Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 64

Security System P. 117

Braking P. 267

Maintenance Under the Hood P. 288
Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 308
Cleaning P. 320

Replacing Light Bulbs P. 300
12 Volt Battery P. 317

Engine Does Not Start P. 341
Fuses P. 353

Jump Starting P. 344
Emergency Towing P. 356

Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 361
Authorized Manuals P. 367

Opening and Closing the Windows P. 119
Adjusting the Seats P. 134

General Information on the Audio System P. 188

When Driving P. 238
Accessories and Modifications P. 277

Reporting Safety Defects P. 362
Customer Service Information P. 368

P. 4

Safety Labels P. 65

Safe Driving

P. 27

Instrument Panel

P. 67

Controls

P. 101

Features

P. 147

Driving

P. 231

Maintenance

P. 279

Handling the Unexpected

P. 325

Information

P. 357

Index

P. 369

Parking Your Vehicle P. 271

Remote Transmitter Care P. 318

Shift Lever Does Not Move P. 346

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

4 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Quick Reference Guide

Visual Index
Quick Reference Guide

❙ ECON Button (P 245)
❙ System Indicators (P 68)
❙ Gauges (P 84)
❙ intelligent Multi-Information
Display (i-MID) (P 85)

❙ Hazard Warning Button
❙ Audio System (P148)
❙ Navigation System *
() See the Navigation System Manual

❙ Climate Control System (P 144)
❙ Rear Window Defogger (P 130)
❙ Heated Mirror Button * (P 130)
❙ Seat Heater Switches * (P143)
❙ ENGINE START/STOP Button (P121)
❙ Steering Wheel Adjustments
(P 131)

❙ (Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System OFF) Button (P 260)
❙ Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Button * (P257)
4

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

5 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

❙ (Select/Reset) Knob (P 85)
❙ Brightness Control (P 129)

Quick Reference Guide

❙ Headlights/Turn Signals (P 124)
❙ LaneWatchTM* (P261)
❙ Km/Mile Change Knob (P 84)

❙
(Display/Information) Button (P 85)
❙ Wipers/Washers (P 128)
❙ Cruise Control Buttons (P 249)
❙ Horn (Press an area around

❙ Navigation System Voice Control Buttons *
() See the Navigation System Manual

❙ Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® System
Voice Control Buttons (P205)

❙ MENU Button (P 93)
❙ SOURCE Button (P 93)
❙ (+ / (- / / Buttons (P 93)

* Not available on all models

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

6 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Visual Index
Quick Reference Guide

❙ Power Window Switches (P 119)
❙ Power Door Lock Master Switch (P 112)
❙ Door Mirror Controls (P 132)
❙ Rearview Mirror (P 132)
❙ Interior Fuse Box (P 354)
❙ Driver’s Front Airbag (P 42)
❙ Passenger’s Front Airbag
(P 42)

❙ Parking Brake (P 267)
❙ USB/HDMI® Port (P149)
❙ Glove Box (P 140)
❙ Accessory Power Socket
(P 142)

❙ Shift Lever
Continuously Variable
Transmission (P 243)

❙ Trunk Release (P 114)
❙ Fuel Fill Door Release Handle (P 274)
❙ Driver’s Pocket
6

❙ Hood Release Handle
(P 289)

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

7 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Quick Reference Guide

❙ Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat) (P 59)
❙ Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat (P 61)
❙ Side Curtain Airbags (P 48)
❙ Coat Hook (P 142)
❙ Grab Handle
❙ Ceiling Light (P 139)
❙ Seat Belts (P 32)
❙ Map Lights (P 139)
❙ Sun Visors
❙ Vanity Mirrors

❙ USB Adapter Cable (P150)

❙ Rear Seat
❙ LATCH to Secure a Child Seat (P 57)

❙ Front Seat (P 134)
❙ Side Airbags (P 46)

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

8 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Visual Index
Quick Reference Guide

❙ Maintenance Under the Hood (P 288)
❙ Windshield Wipers (P 128, 306)
❙ Power Door Mirrors (P 132)

❙ Door Lock/Unlock Control (P 106)

❙ Headlights (P 124, 300)
❙ Front Turn Signal/Parking/
Side Marker Lights (P 124, 302)

❙ Daytime Running Lights (P127, 301)
❙ Tires (P 308, 327)

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

9 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Quick Reference Guide

❙ How to Refuel (P 274)
❙ Audio Antenna (P150)
❙ High-Mount Brake Light (P 305)

❙ Opening/Closing the Trunk (P 114)
❙ Emergency Trunk Release Lever
(P 116)

❙ Trunk Release Button (P 115)
❙ Rear License Plate Lights (P 305)
❙ Rearview Camera (P272)
❙ Taillights (P304)
❙ Back-Up Lights (P 303)
❙ Brake/Taillights (P 304)
❙ Rear Turn Signal Lights (P 303)
❙ Rear Side Marker Lights (P 304)

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

10 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Eco Assist System
Quick Reference Guide

Ambient Meter

● Changes color to reflect your driving
style.
Green: Fuel efficient driving
Blue green: Moderate acceleration/
deceleration
Blue: Aggressive acceleration/
deceleration
● The ambient meter color changes in
accordance with your brake or
accelerator pedal operation.

The message is displayed for a few seconds
when ECON mode is turned on.

ECON Button (P245)
Helps maximize fuel economy.

ECON Mode Indicator (P76)
Comes on when ECON mode is on.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

11 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Drive Cycle Score

● Comes on when the vehicle is turned off.
Advancing to Second Stage

Advancing to Third Stage

Receding to First Stage

Receding to Second Stage

Quick Reference Guide

Drive Cycle Score/Lifetime Points

Lifetime Points

Real Time Score (represents your current trip) (P90)
● Each time you set the power mode to ON, the Ecological Drive display starts without any leaves on the plants. Leaves accumulate
or diminish based on your driving style during the current trip.

First Stage
Second Stage

Feedback with Eco Drive Bar (P91)
● Keep the bar from extending
too much to the left or right
side. The shorter the bar is
while driving, the higher the
fuel economy becomes.

The bar extends to
Slow, steady acceleration/
the right when you Maximizes fuel economy
press the accelerator
pedal.
The bar extends to
the left when you
press the brake
pedal.

Slow deceleration/
Maximizes fuel economy

Third Stage

Moderate acceleration

Aggressive/Inconsistent
acceleration

Moderate deceleration

Aggressive deceleration

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

12 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

The Honda IMA System
Quick Reference Guide

Low speed cruise
● Only IMA motor is
powering the vehicle and
IMA battery is discharging.
Start-up/Low speed cruise/
Aggressive acceleration
● The electric motor assists the
engine.
Vehicle
Speed

Time

IMA
System

Electric
Motor
Assist
IMA
Battery

Eco Drive Bar
Display

Tips to Improve Fuel Economy

The main power source for the Honda IMA system is the gasoline engine.
The electric motor assists the engine to improve fuel economy, based on
current operating conditions.

Engine
ON

Fuel

To help your vehicle’s fuel economy:
● Avoid aggressive acceleration/braking
● Monitor the ambient meter and the Eco drive bar
displayed on the i-MID.
It reflects your driving style. (P10, 90)

Slow acceleration/High
speed cruise
● Only the engine powers
the vehicle.

Deceleration
● The IMA system charges
the IMA battery.

IMA
System
IMA
System

Electric
Motor
Assist

Engine
OFF

IMA
Battery

Fuel

Electric
Motor
OFF
IMA
Battery

IMA
System

Stop
● Auto Idle Stop is in
operation.

Engine
ON

Fuel

Charging Engine
OFF
IMA
Battery

Fuel

IMA
System

Electric
Motor
OFF

Engine
OFF

IMA
Battery

Fuel

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

13 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

To Keep the IMA Battery in Good Condition
Safety Precautions
Do not cover the air intake.

Do not touch the Honda IMA System
A high voltage current runs through Honda IMA System. Consult your authorized dealer
when maintenance or repair is needed.

IMA Battery

Air Intake
If the air intake is obstructed during
vehicle operation, the IMA battery can
become too hot. To protect the battery,
the system may start limiting IMA battery
output power and cause the IMA system
and 12 volt battery charging system
indicators to come on.

IMA System Indicator (P90)
12 Volt Battery Charging
System Indicator (P69)

Quick Reference Guide

Drive your vehicle at least once a month, and drive for more than 30 minutes at a time. Parking your vehicle for an
extended period can cause the IMA battery to weaken or decrease the IMA battery life.

If a crash occurs

IMA Power Cable

● Be careful of electric shock hazard.
u If a crash severely damaged your vehicle, there is a possibility of electrical shock. Do
not touch the IMA system components or their wiring (orange).
● Avoid contact with IMA battery fluid.
u The battery fluid may leak as a result of a severe crash. Avoid any skin or eye
contact with the fluid. The battery fluid is corrosive. If you accidentally touch it,
flush the affected area(s) with a large quantity of water for at least five minutes,
and seek medical attention immediately.
● Use a fire extinguisher for an electrical fire.
u Attempting to extinguish an electrical fire with a small quantity of water can be
dangerous.

When the vehicle is disposed

● The IMA battery is a Lithium ion battery. Honda collects and recycles used IMA
batteries – consult with your dealer for proper battery disposal in the event your
vehicle is not repairable.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

14 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Safe Driving

(P27)

Quick Reference Guide

Airbags (P39)
● Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and
your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.

Child Safety (P52)
● All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat.
● Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat.
● Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.

Exhaust Gas Hazard (P64)
● Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon
monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon
monoxide gas can accumulate.

Seat Belts (P32)

Before Driving Checklist (P232)

● Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well
back in the seat.
● Check that your passengers are wearing
their seat belts correctly.

● Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints,
steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.
Fasten your lap belt as
low as possible.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

15 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Instrument Panel

(P67)

System Indicators

Security System Alarm Indicator
Fuel Gauge

Low Fuel Indicator

Ambient Meter

Speedometer

Instant Fuel
Economy Gauge

Electric Power
Steering (EPS) System
Indicator

Lights Indicators
Lights On Indicator
High Beam Indicator

System Indicators

Immobilizer System
Indicator

Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators
System Message
Indicator
CRUISE MAIN
Indicator

Smart Entry System
Indicator
U.S. models only

Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
VSA® OFF Indicator

CRUISE CONTROL
Indicator

Vehicle Stability
Assist (VSA®) System
Indicator

Seat Belt Reminder
Indicator
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator

Door Open Indicator
Trunk Open Indicator

Tachometer

System Indicators

High Temperature
Indicator

U.S.

Low Temperature
Indicator

Canada

Parking Brake
and Brake System
Indicator (Red)

ECON Mode Indicator
U.S.

Low Oil Pressure
Indicator

Quick Reference Guide

Gauges (P84)/intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID) (P85)/
System Indicators (P68)

Canada

Brake System
Indicator (Amber)

Shift Lever Position Indicator

System Indicators

12 Volt Battery
Charging System
Indicator

Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS)
Indicator

Auto Idle Stop
Indicator

Malfunction
Indicator Lamp

Forward Collision
Warning (FCW)
Indicator *

IMA System
Indicator

Lane Departure
Warning (LDW)
Indicator *
* Not available on all models

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

16 ページ

Controls

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

(P101)

Quick Reference Guide

Clock (P102)

ENGINE START/STOP
Button
● Press the button to change the vehicle’s
power mode.

Lights (P124)
Light Control Switches

High Beam
Low Beam

Flashing

Models with navigation system

The navigation system receives signals from
GPS satellites, updating the clock
automatically.

Wipers and Washers
(P128)

Turn Signals (P124)
Turn Signal Control Lever

Wiper/Washer Control Lever
Adjustment Ring
: Long Delay
: Short Delay

Right

Pull toward
you to spray
washer fluid.
Left

MIST
OFF
INT: Low speed with intermittent
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

17 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Steering Wheel (P131)

Trunk (P114)

Power Windows (P119)

Trunk Release
● To unlock and open the trunk:

Power Window Lock Button

Indicator

Quick Reference Guide

● With the power mode in ON, open and
close the power windows.
● If the power window lock button is in the
off position, each passenger’s window
can be opened and closed with its own
switch.
● If the power window lock button is in the
on position (indicator is on), each
passenger’s window switch is disabled.

● To adjust, pull the adjustment lever
towards you, adjust to the desired
position, then lock the lever back in place.

• Pull the trunk release.
• Press the trunk release button on the
smart entry remote.

• Press the trunk release button on the
Window
Switch

Unlocking the Front
Doors from the Inside

Power Door Mirrors

(P111)

(P132)

● Pull either front door inner handle to
unlock and open it at the same time.

● With the power mode in ON, move the
selector switch to L or R.
● Push the appropriate edge of the
adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.

trunk lid.

Selector Switch

Adjustment Switch

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

18 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Climate Control System (P144)
Quick Reference Guide

● Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system.
● Press the
button to turn the system on or off.
● Press the
button to defrost the windshield.

AUTO Button

Temperature Control Dial

(On/Off) Button

Fan Control Dial
(Mode Control) Button

(Recirculation) Button

Air flows from floor and
windshield defroster vents.

(Windshield Defroster) Button
Air flows from floor vents.
A/C (Air Conditioning) Button

Air flows from floor and
dashboard vents.
Air flows from dashboard
vents.

Models with navigation system

The climate control system is voice operable. See the Navigation System Manual for complete details.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

19 ページ

Features

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Audio Remote Controls

(P147)

(P152)

For navigation system operation
() See the Navigation System Manual

i-MID

(Power)
Button

002300 miles
(CD Eject)
Button
Button

HOME

VOL
HOME Screen
MENU
BACK

Button

SOURCE
Button

75°F
CD Slot

(+ / (- Button

Quick Reference Guide

Audio System (P148)

● (+ / (- Button
Press to adjust the volume up/down.
● SOURCE Button
Press to change the audio mode: FM1/
FM2/AM/SiriusXM */CD/USB/iPod/
Pandora® */ahaTM*/Apps */Bluetooth®
Audio/AUX HDMI.
●
/
Button
Radio:Press to change the preset station.
Press and hold to select the next or
previous strong station.
CD/USB device:
Press to skip to the beginning of
the next song or return to the
beginning of the current song.
Press and hold to change a folder.

* Not available on all models

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

Driving

20 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

(P231)

Quick Reference Guide

Automatic Transmission (CVT) (P243)
● Shift to (P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine.
● Shifting
Park
Turn off or start the engine.
Transmission is locked.

Release Button
Shift Lever

Reverse
Used when reversing.
Neutral
Transmission is not locked.
Drive
Normal driving.
Drive (S)
● Better acceleration.
● Increased engine braking.
● Going up or down hills.
Low
● Further increased engine
braking.
● Used when going up or down
hills.
● Used when IMA battery is
low.

Depress the brake pedal and press the
release button to move out of (P .
Move the shift lever without
pressing the release button.
Press the release button to
move the shift lever.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

21 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

VSA® OFF Button (P260)

Cruise Control (P249)
● Cruise control allows you to maintain a
set speed without keeping your foot on
the accelerator pedal.
● To use cruise control, press the CRUISE
button, then press the –/SET button once
you have achieved the desired speed
(above 25 mph or 40 km/h).

Refueling (P273)
Fuel recommendation: Unleaded gasoline with a pump octane number 87 or
higher required
Fuel tank capacity: 13.2 US gal (50 L)

Push the fuel fill door
release handle.

Turn the fuel fill cap
slowly to remove the
cap.

Place the cap in the
holder on the fuel fill
door.

After refueling, screw
the cap back on until it
clicks at least once.

U.S. models only

Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS) (P263)
● Detects a change in tire conditions and
overall dimensions due to decrease in tire
pressures.
● The TPMS is turned on automatically
every time you start the engine.
● A calibration procedure must be
performed when certain conditions arise.

Quick Reference Guide

● The vehicle stability assist (VSA®) system
helps stabilize the vehicle during
cornering, and helps maintain traction
while accelerating on loose or slippery
road surfaces.
● VSA® comes on automatically every time
you start the engine.
● To turn VSA® on or off, press and hold
the button until you hear a beep.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

22 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Maintenance
Quick Reference Guide

Under the Hood (P288)
● Check engine oil, engine coolant, and windshield washer
fluid. Add when necessary.
● Check brake fluid.
● Check the 12-volt battery condition monthly.

Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the
dashboard.

Locate the hood latch lever, pull the lever up, and lift up
the hood.

c
22

(P279)

When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly
locked in place.

Wiper Blades (P306)
● Replace blades if they leave streaks
across the windshield.

Tires (P308)

Lights (P300)

● Inspect tires and wheels regularly.
● Check tire pressures regularly.
● Install snow tires for winter driving.

● Inspect all lights regularly.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

23 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Handling the Unexpected

(P325)

Engine Won’t Start (P341) Overheating (P347)
● If the battery is dead, jump start using a
booster battery.

● Park in a safe location. If you do not see
steam under the hood, open the hood,
and let the engine cool down.

Indicators Come On

Blown Fuse (P353)

Emergency Towing (P356)

(P349)

● Check for a blown fuse if an electrical
device does not operate.

● Call a professional towing service if you
need to tow your vehicle.

Models with an optional compact spare tire

● Park in a safe location and replace the
flat tire with the compact spare tire in the
trunk.

● Identify the indicator and consult the
owner’s manual.

Quick Reference Guide

Flat Tire (P327)
● Park in a safe location and repair the flat
tire using the temporary tire repair kit.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

24 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

What to Do If
Quick Reference Guide

Canadian models

The power mode does not
change from VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK) to ACCESSORY.
Why?

●
●

The steering wheel may be locked.
Move the steering wheel left and right while
pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button at
the same time.

The power mode does not
change from ON to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Why?

The shift lever should be moved to (P .

Why does the brake pedal
pulsate slightly when
applying the brakes?

This can occur when the ABS activates, and does not indicate a
problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never
pump the brake pedal.

The rear door cannot be
opened from inside the
vehicle. Why?

Check if the childproof lock is in the
lock position. If so, open the rear
door with the outside door handle.
To cancel this function, push the lever
to the unlock position.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

25 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are
relocked automatically for security.

Why does the beeper
sound when I open the
driver’s door?

The beeper sounds when:
● The power mode is in ACCESSORY.
● The exterior lights are left on.
● The Auto Idle Stop is in operation.

Why does the beeper
sound when I start driving?

The beeper sounds when:
● Driver and/or front passenger are not wearing their seat belts.
● The parking brake lever is not fully released.

Why do I hear a screeching
sound when I apply the
brake pedal?

The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.

Quick Reference Guide

Why do the doors lock
after I unlocked the doors
using a remote
transmitter?

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

26 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

27 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Safe Driving
You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.

For Safe Driving
Important Safety Precautions ............. 28
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features............ 30
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts........................ 32
Fastening a Seat Belt.......................... 35
Seat Belt Inspection............................ 38
Airbags
Airbag System Components............... 39
Types of Airbags ................................ 42
Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 42
Side Airbags....................................... 46

Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 48
Airbag System Indicators.................... 49
Airbag Care ....................................... 51
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers ............... 52
Safety of Infants and Small Children .. 54
Safety of Larger Children ................... 62
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 64
Safety Labels
Label Locations .................................. 65

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

28 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

For Safe Driving
The following pages explain your vehicle’s safety features and how to use them
properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the
most important.
Safe Driving

Important Safety Precautions
■ Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped
with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and
wear them properly.

■ Restrain all children
Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the
front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger
children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the
belt properly without a booster seat.

■ Be aware of airbag hazards
While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants
who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children,
and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and
warnings in this manual.

■ Don’t drink and drive
Alcohol and driving don’t mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to
changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink.
So don’t drink and drive, and don’t let your friends drink and drive, either.

1Important Safety Precautions
Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use
of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the
driver while driving.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

29 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions

■ Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely

■ Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds.
Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.

Safe Driving

Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying
close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash.
Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to
divert some attention away from driving.

■ Keep your vehicle in safe condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous.
To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

30 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle’s Safety Features

Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
1Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
9

Safe Driving

Your vehicle is equipped with many features that
work together to help protect you and your
passengers during a crash.

6
10
7
8
10

6
7
8
9
10
11

Safety Cage
Crush Zones
Seats and Seat-Backs
Head Restraints
Collapsible Steering Column
Seat Belts
Front Airbags
Side Airbags
Side Curtain Airbags
Door Locks
Seat Belt Tensioners

The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and
your passengers.

Some features do not require any action on your part.
These include a strong steel framework that forms a
safety cage around the passenger compartment,
front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering
column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat
belts in a sufficient crash.
However, you and your passengers cannot take full
advantage of these features unless you remain seated
in the correct position and always wear your seat
belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to
injuries if they are not used properly.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

31 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle’s Safety Features

■ Safety Checklist

2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 110

If the door open indicator is on, a door is not
completely closed. Close all doors tightly until the
indicator goes off.
2 Door Open Indicator P. 72

Safe Driving

For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items
each time before you drive.
• After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors are closed and locked.
Locking the doors helps prevent an occupant from being ejected and an outsider
from unexpectedly opening a door.

1Safety Checklist

• Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are
adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the
vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a
crash.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 134

• Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective
when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller
persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.
2 Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 136

• Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any
passengers are properly belted as well.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 35

• Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child’s age, height
and weight.
2 Child Safety P. 52

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

32 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts

Safe Driving

Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you
connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety
features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the
vehicle, against other passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat
belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full
advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.
In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including:
- frontal impacts
- side impacts
- rear impacts
- rollovers

■ Lap/shoulder seat belts
All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency
locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping
some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to
restrain your body. The rear seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with
child seats.
2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 59

1About Your Seat Belts

3 WARNING
Not wearing a seat belt properly increases
the chance of serious injury or death in a
crash, even though your vehicle has
airbags.
Be sure you and your passengers always
wear seat belts and wear them properly.
Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every
crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your
risk of serious injury.
Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories
require you to wear seat belts.
The emergency locking retractor may lock if you lean
forward too quickly. Slower movements will allow
the belt to extend fully without locking.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

33 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

■ Proper use of seat belts

1About Your Seat Belts

■ Seat Belt Reminder

If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends
the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If
this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the
seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely.
Then refasten the belt.

Safe Driving

Follow these guidelines for proper use:
• All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position
for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the
belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
• Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or
behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.
• Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort
or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability
and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.

1Seat Belt Reminder

Your vehicle monitors front seat belt use. If
the power mode is set to ON before the
driver’s seat belt is fastened, the beeper will
sound and the indicator will blink. If the driver
does not fasten the belt before the beeper
stops, the indicator will remain on.
The beeper will also periodically sound and
the indicator will blink while driving until the
driver’s and front passenger’s seat belts are
fastened.

Continued

The indicator will also come on if a front passenger
does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after
the power mode is set to ON.
When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat,
the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not
sound.
The indicator also may not come on and the beeper
may not sound when the occupant is not heavy
enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such occupants
(e.g., infants and smaller children) should be moved
to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag likely will
injure or kill them.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 52

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

34 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

■ Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.
Safe Driving

The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-tosevere frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to
inflate the front airbags.

1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
The seat belt tensioners can only operate once.
If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come
on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and
thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not
offer protection in a subsequent crash.
During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the
tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

35 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

Fastening a Seat Belt
After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well
back in the seat:
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 134

1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.

Correct
Seated
Posture

No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat
belt or one that does not appear to be working
correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working
properly may not protect the occupant in a crash.
Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.
Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or
retractor mechanism.

Safe Driving

Pull out slowly.

1Fastening a Seat Belt

2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then
tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is
secure.
u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or
caught on anything.

Latch
Plate

Buckle

Continued

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

36 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

Safe Driving

Lap belt
as low as
possible

3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as
possible across your hips, then pull up on
the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part
fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic
bones take the force of a crash and reduces
the chance of internal injuries.
4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to
remove any slack, then check that the belt
rests across the center of your chest and
over your shoulder. This spreads the forces
of a crash over the strongest bones in your
upper body.

■ Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter
occupants.
1. Move the anchor up and down while
holding the release button.
2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests
across the center of your chest and over
your shoulder.
Push

1Fastening a Seat Belt

3 WARNING
Improperly positioning the seat belts can
cause serious injury or death in a crash.
Make sure all seat belts are properly
positioned before driving.
To release the belt, push the red PRESS button then
guide the belt by hand until it has retracted
completely.
When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is out of
the way and will not get caught by closing the door.
1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four
levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height
one level at a time.
After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder
anchor position is secure.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

37 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

■ Advice for Pregnant Women

Wear the shoulder belt
across the chest avoiding
the abdomen.

Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is
okay for you to drive.
To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your
unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front
airbag:
• When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far
back as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle.
• When sitting in the front passenger’s seat, adjust
the seat as far back as possible.

Safe Driving

If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when
driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the
belt as low as possible across the hips.

1Advice for Pregnant Women

Wear the lap part of the
belt as low as possible
across the hips.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

38 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection

Seat Belt Inspection
Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:

Safe Driving

• Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear.
• Check that the latches work smoothly and the belts retract easily.
u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only
use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make
sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.
Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper
protection and should be replaced as soon as possible.
A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of
protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after
any collision.

1Seat Belt Inspection

3 WARNING
Not checking or maintaining seat belts can
result in serious injury or death if the seat
belts do not work properly when needed.
Check your seat belts regularly and have
any problem corrected as soon as possible.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

39 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Airbags
Airbag System Components

Safe Driving

11
8
6

Continued

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

40 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components

Safe Driving

The front, front side, and side curtain
airbags are deployed according to the
direction and severity of impact. Both side
curtain airbags are deployed in a rollover.
The airbag system includes:

d An electronic control unit that continually

monitors and can record information
about the sensors, the airbag activators,
the seat belt tensioners, and driver and
front passenger seat belt use when the
power mode is in ON.

sensors that can detect a
moderate-to-severe front or side impact.

i An indicator on the dashboard that alerts

you that the front passenger’s front
airbag has been turned off.

a Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)

front airbags. The driver’s airbag is stored
in the center of the steering wheel; the
front passenger’s airbag is stored in the
dashboard. Both are marked SRS
AIRBAG.

e Automatic

front seat belt tensioners. The
driver’s and front passenger’s seat belts
incorporate sensors that detect whether
or not they are fastened.

b Two

side airbags, one for the driver and
one for a front passenger. The airbags are
stored in the outer edges of the seatbacks. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.

c Two

side curtain airbags, one for each
side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored
in the ceiling, above the side windows.
The front and rear pillars are marked
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.

j An indicator on the instrument panel that

alerts you to a possible problem with your
airbag system or seat belt tensioners.
kA

h Impact

driver’s seat position sensor. If the seat
is too far forward, the airbag will inflate
with less force.

g Weight

sensors in the front passenger’s
seat. The front passenger’s airbag will be
turned off if the weight on the seat is 65
lbs (29 kg) or less (the weight of an infant
or small child).

rollover sensor that detects whether
the vehicle is about to roll over.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

41 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components

■ Important Facts About Your Airbags

What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as
far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as
possible.

Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together,
airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.
When driving, keep hands and arms out of the
deployment path of the front airbag by holding each
side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over
the airbag cover.

Safe Driving

Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with
tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises,
and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing
their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.

1Important Facts About Your Airbags

Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that
can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags
deploy.
Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag.
Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp
object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.
Do not attach or place objects on the front airbag covers. Objects on the
covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper operation of the airbags
or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the airbags inflate.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

42 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags

Types of Airbags

Safe Driving

Your vehicle is equipped with three types of airbags:
• Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver’s and front passenger’s seats.
• Side airbags: Airbags in the driver’s and front passenger’s seat-backs.
• Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows.
Each is discussed in the following pages.

1Types of Airbags

Front Airbags (SRS)

1Front Airbags (SRS)

The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect
the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) indicates that the airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary
restraint system.

■ Housing Locations
The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and
in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.

The airbags can inflate whenever the power mode is
in ON.
After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a
small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion
process of the inflator material and is not harmful.
People with respiratory problems may experience
some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of
the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.

Dual-Stage, Multiple-Threshold Front Airbags
(SRS)
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-stage, multiplethreshold front airbags (SRS).
During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or
both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate
at different rates, depending on the severity of the
crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/
or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to
supplement the seat belts to help reduce the
likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal
crashes.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

43 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

■ Operation
Safe Driving

Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions.
When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control
unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.
A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a
vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.

■ How the Front Airbags Work

1How the Front Airbags Work

While your seat belt restrains your torso, the
front airbag provides supplemental protection
for your head and chest.
The front airbags deflate immediately so that
they won’t interfere with the driver’s visibility
or the ability to steer or operate other
controls.

Although the driver’s and front passenger’s airbags
normally inflate within a split second of each other, it
is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can
happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin,
or threshold that determines whether or not the
airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will
provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental
protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.

The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not
aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.

Continued

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

44 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

■ When front airbags should not deploy

Safe Driving

Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and
help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur
during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash.
Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration
causes a driver or front passenger to move towards the front of the vehicle. Side
airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the
severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which
can cause the driver or passenger to move towards the side of the vehicle.
Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear
impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed
to deploy in such collisions.
Rollovers: Seat belts and, in vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side airbags
and side curtain airbags offer the best protection in a rollover. Because front airbags
could provide little if any protection, they are not designed to deploy during a
rollover.
■ When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
■ When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

45 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

■ Advanced Airbags

1Advanced Airbags

Driver’s
Seat
Position
Sensor

If the seat is too far forward, the airbag
inflates with less force, regardless of the
severity of the impact.

The passenger’s advanced front airbag system
has weight sensors.

Passenger’s
Seat
Weight
Sensors

If there is a problem with the driver’s seat position
sensor, the SRS indicator will come on and the airbag
will inflate with full (normal) force, regardless of the
driver’s seating position.
For both advanced front airbags to work properly:
• Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats.
• Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat.
• Make sure any objects are positioned properly on
the floor. Improperly positioned objects can
interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
• All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat
belts properly.
• Do not place any cover over the passenger side
dashboard.

Safe Driving

Your front airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag
related injuries to smaller occupants.
The driver’s advanced front airbag system
includes a seat position sensor.

Although Honda recommends against
carrying an infant or small child in front, if the
sensors detect the weight of a child (up to
about 65 lbs or 29 kg), the system will
automatically turn off the passenger’s front
airbag.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

46 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags

Side Airbags
The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger
during a moderate-to-severe side impact.
Safe Driving

■ Housing Locations
The side airbags are housed in the outside
edge of the driver’s and passenger’s seatbacks.
Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
Housing
Location

■ Operation
When
inflated

Side
Airbag

When the sensors detect a moderate-tosevere side impact, the control unit signals the
side airbag on the impact side to immediately
inflate.

1Side Airbags
Make sure you and your front passenger always sit
upright. Leaning into the path of a side airbag can
prevent the airbag from deploying properly and
increases your risk of serious injury.
Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags.
They can interfere with the proper operation of the
airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
If the impact is on the passenger side, the airbag
deploys even if there is no passenger in the front
passenger seat.
Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers
without consulting a dealer.
Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back
covers can prevent your side airbags from properly
deploying during a side impact.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

47 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags

■ When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage

■ When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears
severe
It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in
apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was towards
the far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle’s crushable body parts
absorbed most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have
been needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.

Safe Driving

Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side
of the vehicle’s framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there
may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough
impact to deploy the airbag.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

48 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags

Side Curtain Airbags

Safe Driving

The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in outer
seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain airbags
equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of partial and
complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes, particularly
rollover crashes.

■ Housing Locations
The side curtain airbags are located in the
ceiling above the side windows on both sides
of the vehicle.

1Side Curtain Airbags
If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is
about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side
curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt
tensioners.
If the impact is on the passenger’s side, the
passenger’s side curtain airbag will inflate even if
there are no occupants on that side of the vehicle.
To get the best protection from the side curtain
airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts
properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.
Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof
pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation
of the side curtain airbags.

Side Curtain Airbag Storage

■ Operation
The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy
in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side
impact.

Deployed Side Curtain Airbag

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

49 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators

■ When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision

Safe Driving

One or both side curtain airbags may inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled frontal
collision.
In this case, the side curtain airbags will deploy slightly after the front airbags.

Airbag System Indicators
If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a
message appears on the i-MID.
1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator

■ Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
■ When the power mode is set to ON

3 WARNING

The indicator comes on for a few seconds,
then goes off. This tells you the system is
working properly.

Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in
serious injury or death if the airbag systems
or tensioners do not work properly.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as
soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts
you to a possible problem.

If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the
system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you don’t, your airbags and seat
belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed.

Continued

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

50 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators

■ Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
U.S.

Canada

■ When the passenger airbag off

Safe Driving

indicator comes on
The indicator comes on to alert you that the
passenger’s front airbag has been turned off.
This occurs when the front passenger’s weight
sensors detect 65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the
weight of an infant or small child, on the seat.

1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator
If the indicator comes on with no front passenger and
no objects on the passenger’s seat, or with an adult
riding there, something may be interfering with the
weight sensors, such as:

• An object hanging on the seat or in the seat-back
pocket.

• A child seat or other object pressing against the
rear of the seat-back.

• A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of
the front passenger’s seat.

• The front seat or seat-back is forced back against
Infants and small children should always ride properly restrained in a back seat.
2 Child Safety P. 52

an object on the seat or floor behind it.

• An object placed under the front passenger’s seat.

Objects placed on the seat can also cause the indicator to come on.

If none of these conditions exist, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

If the front passenger seat is empty, the passenger’s front airbag will not deploy and
the indicator will not come on.

The passenger airbag off indicator may come on and
goes off repeatedly if the total weight on the seat is
near the airbag cutoff threshold.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

51 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAirbagsuAirbag Care

Airbag Care
You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any
airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer in the following situations:

If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced.
Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be
replaced.

We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag
system components, including the airbag, tensioners,
sensors, and control unit.

Safe Driving

■ When the airbags have deployed

1Airbag Care

■ When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision
Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the driver’s
seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passenger’s seat, front seat belt
tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.

■ Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer
This would likely disable the driver’s seat position sensor or the weight sensors in the
passenger’s seat. If it is necessary to remove or modify a front seat to accommodate
a person with disabilities, contact a Honda dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, American
Honda Automobile Customer Service at 800-999-1009 and for Canadian vehicles,
Honda Canada Customer Relations at 888-9-HONDA-9.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

52 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers
Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are
either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle accidents are the
number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under.
Safe Driving

To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province
and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride
in a vehicle.
Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because:
• An inflating front or side airbag can injure
or kill a child sitting in the front seat.
• A child in the front seat is more likely to
interfere with the driver’s ability to safely
control the vehicle.
• Statistics show that children of all sizes and
ages are safer when they are properly
restrained in a rear seat.

1Protecting Child Passengers

3 WARNING
Children who are unrestrained or
improperly restrained can be seriously
injured or killed in a crash.
Any child too small for a seat belt should be
properly restrained in a child seat. A larger
child should be properly restrained with a
seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that all children
ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear
seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws
restricting where children may ride.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

53 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers

• Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an
approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the lap belt
portion of the lap/shoulder belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.

• Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would
likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.
• Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.
• Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when
the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate
vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.

3 WARNING
Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or
wrap one around their neck can result in
serious injury or death.
Instruct children not to play with any seat
belt and make sure any unused seat belt a
child can reach is buckled, fully retracted,
and locked.

Safe Driving

• Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the
event of a collision.

1Protecting Child Passengers

To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
To remind you of the passenger’s front airbag
hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning
labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the
front visors. Please read and follow the instructions
on these labels.
2 Safety Labels P. 65

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

54 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safety of Infants and Small Children
■ Protecting Infants
Safe Driving

An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the
infant reaches the seat manufacturer’s weight or height limit for the seat, and the
infant is at least one year old.
■ Positioning a rear-facing child seat
Child seats must be placed and secured in a
rear seating position.

1Protecting Infants

3 WARNING
Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front
seat can result in serious injury or death
during a crash.
Always place a rear-facing child seat in the
rear seat, not the front.
Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a
forward facing position.
Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions before installation.

When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front
passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back
in the desired position.
It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger’s advanced front airbag
system.
2 Airbags P. 39

If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front
passenger’s seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied.
Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

55 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Protecting Smaller Children

1Protecting Smaller Children

3 WARNING
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the
front seat can result in serious injury or
death if the front airbag inflates.
If you must place a forward-facing child
seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far
back as possible, and properly restrain the
child.

Safe Driving

If a child is at least one year old and within the weight range indicated by the child
seat manufacturer, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured
forward-facing child seat.
■ Forward-facing child seat placement
We strongly recommend placing a forwardfacing child seat in a rear seating position.

Educate yourself about the laws and regulations
regarding child seat use where you are driving, and
follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions.

Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with
advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger’s front airbag off. A
rear seat is the safest place for a child.

Continued

Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat
for a child up to two years old if the child’s height and
weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

56 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Selecting a Child Seat
Safe Driving

Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren).
Some have a rigid-type connector while others have a flexible-type connector. Both
are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be
installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat
manufacturer’s use and care instructions as well as the instructions in this manual.
Proper installation is key to maximizing your child’s safety.
In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible
child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security.
This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured
with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat
manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat
once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual
for proper installation instructions.

■ Important consideration when selecting a child seat
Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements:
• The child seat is the correct type and size for the child.
• The child seat is the correct type for the seating position.
• The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

1Selecting a Child Seat
Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is
simple.
LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed
to simplify the installation process and reduce the
likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

57 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
Safe Driving

A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in either of the two outer rear seats.
A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of
connectors.
1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.

Marks

Lower Anchors

Rigid Type

2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat then
attach the child seat to the lower anchors
according to the instructions that came
with the child seat.
u When installing the child seat, make sure
that the lower anchors are not
obstructed by the seat belt or any other
object.

Continued

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

58 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat

Safe Driving

For your child’s safety, when using a child seat
installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the
child seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child
seat that is not properly secured will not adequately
protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the
child or other vehicle occupants.
Flexible Type

Tether
Strap
Hook

FR
Anchor

3. Open the tether anchor cover behind the
head restraint.
4. Raise the head restraint to its highest
position, then route the tether strap
between the head restraint legs, and secure
the tether strap hook onto the anchor.
5. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer’s.
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

59 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt

1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.

Safe Driving

1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat.
2. Route the seat belt through the child seat
according to the seat manufacturer’s
instructions, and insert the latch plate into
the buckle.
u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.

3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all
the way out until it stops. This activates the
lockable retractor.
4. Let the seat belt completely wind up into
the retractor, then try to pull it out to make
sure the retractor is locked.
u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt
out, the lockable retractor is not
activated. Pull the seat belt all the way
out, and repeat steps 2 – 4.
5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near
the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack
from the lap part of the belt.
u When doing this, place your weight on
the child seat and push it into the vehicle
seat.

Continued

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

60 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe Driving

6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.

1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

61 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

■ Adding Security with a Tether

Since a tether can provide additional security to the
lap/shoulder seat belt installation, we recommend
using a tether whenever one is available.

Safe Driving

A tether anchorage point is provided behind
each rear seating position. A child seat that is
installed with a seat belt and comes with a
tether can use the tether for additional
security.

Tether Anchorage Points

1Adding Security with a Tether

1. Locate the appropriate tether anchorage
point and lift the cover.
Anchor
Outer Position

Cover
Tether
Strap
Hook

2. Raise the head restraint to its highest
position, then route the tether strap
through the head restraint legs. Make sure
the strap is not twisted.

FR
Anchor
Center Position

Tether
Strap
Hook

3. Secure the tether strap hook onto the
anchor.
4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.

FR
Anchor

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

62 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children

Safety of Larger Children
■ Protecting Larger Children
Safe Driving

The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind
of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who
must sit in front.

■ Checking Seat Belt Fit
When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/
shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the
following questions.
■ Checklist
• Do the child’s knees bend comfortably over
the edge of the seat?
• Does the shoulder belt cross between the
child’s neck and arm?
• Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible, touching the child’s thighs?
• Will the child be able to stay seated like this
for the whole trip?
If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder
seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a
booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.

1Safety of Larger Children

3 WARNING
Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in
front can result in injury or death if the
passenger’s front airbag inflates.
If a larger child must ride in front, move the
vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible,
have the child sit up properly and wear the
seat belt properly, using a booster seat if
needed.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

63 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children

■ Booster Seats

1Booster Seats
When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the
instructions that came with it, and install the seat
accordingly.
There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a
booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat
belt correctly.

Safe Driving

If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used
properly, position the child in a booster seat in
a rear seating position. For the child’s safety,
check that the child meets the booster seat
manufacturer’s recommendations.

Some U.S. states, and Canadian provinces and
territories require children to use a booster seat until
they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6 years or 60
lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or
province, or territory where you intend to drive.

■ Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks
Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever
have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front:
• Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information
in this manual.
• Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
• Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat.
• Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the
seat.

■ Monitoring child passengers
We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more
mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up
properly.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

64 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas
The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon
monoxide gas will not get into the interior.
Safe Driving

■ Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever
• The exhaust system is making an unusual noise.
• The exhaust system may have been damaged.
• The vehicle is raised for an oil change.
When you operate a vehicle with the trunk open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into
the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the trunk open,
open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below.
1. Select the fresh air mode.
2. Select the
mode.
3. Set the fan speed to high.
4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.
Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked
vehicle with the engine running.

1Carbon Monoxide Gas

3 WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
even kill you.
Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that
expose you to carbon monoxide.
An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up
with carbon monoxide gas.
Do not run the engine with the garage door closed.
Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the
garage immediately after starting the engine.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

65 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Safety Labels
Label Locations
These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels
carefully.

Sun Visor

Doorjambs

U.S. models

Dashboard
U.S. models only

Canadian models

Safe Driving

If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer
for a replacement.

U.S. models

Doorjambs Canadian models

Radiator Cap

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

66 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

67 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Instrument Panel
This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.

Indicators ............................................ 68
intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)
Warning and Information Messages .....80

Gauges and intelligent MultiInformation Display (i-MID)
Gauges.............................................. 84
intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)... 85

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

68 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Indicators

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

U.S.
Instrument Panel

●

Canada

Parking Brake
and Brake
System Indicator
(Red)

●

(Red)
●

●

U.S.

Canada

(Amber)

Brake System
Indicator
(Amber)

●

Explanation

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off if the parking brake
has been released.
Comes on when the parking brake
is applied, and goes off when it is
released.
Comes on when the brake fluid
level is low.
Comes on if there is a problem
with the brake system.
The beeper sounds and the
indicator comes on if you drive
with the parking brake not fully
released.

●

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem
with the cooperative control with
regenerative braking.

●

Comes on while driving - Make sure
the parking brake is released. Check the
brake fluid level.
2 What to do when the indicator
comes on while driving P. 351

●

Comes on along with the ABS
indicator - Have the vehicle checked by a
dealer.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On P. 351

Stays on constantly - Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer. Normal braking is
not affected.

Message

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

69 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

●

Readiness codes are part of the on board
diagnostics for the emissions control
systems.

●

Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe
place where there are no flammable
objects. Stop the engine for 10 minutes
or more, and wait for it to cool down.
Then, take the vehicle to a dealer.

Message

2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 363

●

Instrument Panel

Malfunction
Indicator Lamp

Comes on when you set the power
mode to ON, and goes off when
the engine starts, or after several
seconds if the engine did not start.
If “readiness codes” have not been
set, it blinks five times before it
goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem
with the emissions control system.
Blinks when a misfire in the
engine’s cylinders is detected.

Explanation

2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Comes On or Blinks P. 350
●

12 Volt Battery
Charging System
Indicator

●

Shift Lever
Position
Indicator

Comes on when you set the power
mode to ON, and goes off when
the engine starts.
Comes on when the 12 volt
battery is not charging.

●

Comes on while driving - Turn off the
climate control system and rear defogger
in order to reduce electricity
consumption.
2 If the 12 Volt Battery Charging
System Indicator Comes On P. 349

Indicates the current shift lever
position.
2 Shifting P. 243

—

Continued

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

70 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

Transmission
Indicator

●

Instrument Panel

●

Seat Belt
Reminder
Indicator

●

Low Fuel
Indicator

●

Explanation

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
Blinks if the transmission system
has a problem.

●

Blinks while driving - Avoid sudden
starts and acceleration and have your
vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.

Comes on and the beeper sounds
if you are not wearing a seat belt
when you set the power mode to
ON.
If the front passenger is not
wearing a seat belt, the indicator
comes on a few seconds later.
Blinks while driving if either you or
the front passenger has not
fastened a seat belt. The beeper
sounds and the indicator blinks at
regular intervals.

●

The beeper stops and the indicator goes
off when you and the front passenger
fasten their seat belts.
Stays on after you or the front
passenger has fastened the seat belt
- A detection error may have occurred in
the sensor. Have your vehicle checked by
a dealer.

Comes on when the fuel reserve is
running low (approximately 1.9
U.S. gal./7.5 Liter left).
Blinks if there is a problem with the
fuel gauge.

●

2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 33

●

Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon
as possible.
Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.

Message

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

71 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS)
Indicator

●

Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator

●

Vehicle Stability
Assist (VSA®)
System Indicator

●
●

●

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
If it comes on at any other time,
there is a problem with the ABS.

●

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
Comes on if a problem with any of
the following is detected:
- Supplemental restraint system
- Side airbag system
- Side curtain airbag system
- Seat belt tensioner

●

Stays on constantly or does not come
on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
Blinks when VSA® is active.
Comes on if there is a problem
with the VSA® system or hill start
assist system.
Comes on if there is a problem
with the creep aid system or the
brake assist system.

●

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.

Message

Stays on constantly - Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer. With this indicator
on, your vehicle still has normal braking
ability but no anti-lock function.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 269

Instrument Panel

●

Explanation

2 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka
Electronic Stability Control (ESC),
System P. 259

Continued

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

72 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

Vehicle Stability
Assist (VSA®)
OFF Indicator

●

Instrument Panel

●

Low Oil Pressure
Indicator

●

Door Open
Indicator

●

Trunk Open
Indicator

●

Explanation

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
Comes on when you deactivate
VSA®.

2 VSA® On and Off P. 260

Comes on when you set the power
mode to ON, and goes off when
the engine starts.
Comes on when the engine oil
pressure is low.

●

Comes on while driving - Immediately
stop in a safe place.

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
Comes on if any door is not
completely closed.
The beeper sounds and the
indicator comes on if any door is
opened while driving.

●

Goes off when all doors are closed.

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
Comes on if the trunk is not
completely closed.

●

Goes off when the trunk is closed.

2 If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator
Comes On P. 349

Message

—

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

73 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

Electric Power
Steering (EPS)
System Indicator

●

U.S.
models
only

Low Tire
Pressure/TPMS
Indicator

●

Comes on when you set the power
mode to ON, and goes off when
the engine starts.
Comes on if there is a problem
with the EPS system.

●

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
May come on briefly if the power
mode to ON and the vehicle is not
moved within 45 seconds, to
indicate the calibration process is
not yet complete.
Comes on and stays on when:
- One or more tires’ pressures are
determined to be significantly
low.
- The system has not been
calibrated.

●

Blinks for about one minute, and
then stays on if there is a problem
with the TPMS.

●

Message

Stays on constantly or does not come
on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
2 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS)
System Indicator Comes On P. 351

●

Instrument Panel

●

Explanation

Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe
place, check tire pressures, and inflate the
tire(s) if necessary.
Stays on after the tires are inflated to
the recommended pressures - The
system needs to be calibrated.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 263

Blinks and remains on - Have the
vehicle checked by a dealer. If the vehicle
is fitted with a compact spare, get your
regular tire repaired or replaced and put
back on your vehicle as soon as you can.

Continued

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

74 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

●

Instrument Panel

System Message
Indicator

●

IMA System
Indicator

Auto Idle Stop
Indicator
Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
Comes on along with a beep when
a problem is detected. A system
message on the i-MID appears at
the same time.

Explanation

●

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem
with the IMA system.

●

—

Remains on or does not come on at all
- Avoid high speed driving and have your
vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as
possible.
2 If the IMA Indicator Comes On P. 352

Blinks when Auto Idle Stop is in
operation. The engine
automatically shuts off.
Blinks when you operate the turn
signal lever.
Blink when you press the hazard
warning button.

While the indicator is on, press the
(display/information) button to see the
message again.
Refer to the Indicators information in this
chapter when a system message appears
on the i-MID. Take the appropriate action
for the message.
The i-MID does not return to the normal
screen unless the warning is canceled, or
the
button is pressed.

Message

2 Auto Idle Stop P. 246

●

Does not blink or blinks rapidly - A
turn signal light bulb has blown. Change
the bulb immediately.
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 302, 303

—

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

75 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name
High Beam
Indicator

●

Immobilizer
System Indicator

Explanation

Message

Comes on when the high beam
headlights are on.

—

Comes on whenever the light
switch is on, or in AUTO when the
exterior lights are on.

●

Comes on briefly when you set the
power mode to ON, then goes off.
Comes on if the immobilizer
system cannot recognize the key
information.

●

CRUISE MAIN
Indicator
CRUISE
CONTROL
Indicator

●

If you set the power mode to
ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
while the exterior lights are on, a chime
sounds when the driver’s door is opened.

—

Blinks - You cannot start the engine. Set
the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK),
then select the ON mode again.
Repeatedly blinks - The system may be
malfunctioning. Have the vehicle checked
by a dealer.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add
other devices to it. Electrical problems can
occur.

—

Comes on when you press the
CRUISE button.

2 Cruise Control P. 249

—

Comes on when you have set a
speed for cruise control.

2 Cruise Control P. 249

—

Instrument Panel

Lights On
Indicator

On/Blinking

Continued

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

76 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name
Security System
Alarm Indicator

On/Blinking
●

Instrument Panel

●

High
Temperature
Indicator

●

Low
Temperature
Indicator

●

ECON Mode
Indicator
●

Explanation

Blinks when the Security System
Alarm has been set.

2 Security System Alarm P. 117

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
Blinks when the engine coolant
temperature goes up, and stays on
if the temperature continues to
rise.

●

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
Comes on when the engine
coolant temperature is low.

●

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
Comes on when ECON mode is on.

●

Message
—

Blinks while driving - Drive slowly to
prevent overheating.
Stays on while driving - Immediately
stop in a safe place and allow the engine
to cool.
2 Overheating P. 347

If the indicator stays on after the engine
has reached normal operating
temperature, there may be a problem
with the temperature sensors. Have your
vehicle inspected by a dealer.

2 ECON Button P. 245

—

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

77 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

●

Forward
Collision
Warning (FCW)
Indicator *

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
Comes on when you have
customized FCW to turn off.
Comes on if there is a problem
with the FCW system.

●

Stays on constantly without FCW off
- Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Comes on when the FCW system
shuts itself off.

●

Stays on - The temperature inside the
FCW system is too high. The system
activates when the temperature inside
the system cools down.

Message

Instrument Panel

●

Explanation

2 Automatic shutoff P. 254
●

●

Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off
with a soft cloth.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if:
The indicator and message come back on
after you cleaned the area around the
camera.
2 Automatic shutoff P. 254
2 Automatic shutoff P. 254

* Not available on all models

—

Continued

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

78 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

●

Instrument Panel

●

Explanation

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
Comes on if there is a problem
with the LDW system.

●

Stays on constantly - Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer.

Comes on when the LDW system
shuts itself off.

●

Stays on - The temperature inside the
LDW camera is too high.
The system activates when the
temperature inside the camera cools
down.

Lane Departure
Warning (LDW)
Indicator *

2 LDW Camera P. 257
●

●

Stays on - The area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off
with a soft cloth.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if
the indicator and message come back on
after you cleaned the area around the
camera.
2 LDW Camera P. 257

* Not available on all models

Message

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

79 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIndicatorsu

Indicator

Name

On/Blinking
●

●

Message

Stays on constantly or does not come
on at all - Have your vehicle checked by
a dealer.
Instrument Panel

Smart Entry
System Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
Comes on as soon as a problem is
detected in the smart entry system
or push button starting system.

Explanation

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

80 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIndicatorsuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID) Warning and Information Messages

intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID) Warning and Information Messages
The following messages appear only on the i-MID. Press the
message indicator on.
Message

(display/information) button to see the message again with the system

Condition
●

Instrument Panel

●

Explanation

Appears when the fuel fill cap is loose or is not
installed.

Appears if there is a problem with the DRL system.

2 Tighten Fuel Cap Message P. 350

●

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Daytime Running Lights P. 127

Canadian models

●

Appears when the washer fluid is low.

●

Refill washer fluid.
2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 299

●

Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due
soon.
u Consequently, SERVICE DUE NOW and SERVICE
PAST DUE follow.
Appears when the IMA battery is significantly low.

2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 283

●

Drive continuously or, if necessary, allow the vehicle to
idle in an open area until the message disappears.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

81 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIndicatorsuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID) Warning and Information Messages

Message

Condition
●

Appears when you set the power mode to ACCESSORY
or ON.

2 Starting the Engine P. 238

●

Appears when the steering wheel is locked.

●

Appears if you push the ENGINE START/STOP button
to turn the engine off without the shift lever in (P .

●

Move the steering wheel left and right while pressing
the ENGINE START/STOP button.

Instrument Panel

Except U.S.
models

Explanation

U.S. models

Move the shift lever to (P . The power mode changes to
VEHICLE OFF.

Canadian models
●

●

Move the shift lever to (P , then press the ENGINE
START/STOP button twice.

Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.
—

●

Appears after the driver’s door is opened when the
power mode is in ACCESSORY.

●

Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice with your
foot off the brake pedal to change the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

Continued

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

82 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIndicatorsuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID) Warning and Information Messages

Message

Condition
●

Appears when you close the door with the power mode
in ON without the smart entry remote inside the vehicle.

Explanation
●

Disappears when you bring the smart entry remote back
inside the vehicle and close the door.
2 Smart Entry Remote Reminder P. 123

Instrument Panel

●

Appears when the smart entry remote battery becomes
weak.

●

Appears if the smart entry remote battery is too weak to
start the engine or the key is not within operating range
to start the engine.
A beeper sounds six times.

●

2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 318

Bring the smart entry remote in front of the ENGINE
START/STOP button to be touched with.
2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak P. 342

Appears three seconds after the TO START ENGINE:
BRAKE + PUSH messages appears.
Appears three seconds after you bring the smart entry
remote in front of the ENGINE START/STOP button
when TO START, HOLD REMOTE NEAR START
BUTTON appears. TO START ENGINE: BRAKE +
PUSH appears sequentially.
Appears when the starter system has a problem.

Replace the battery as soon as possible.

2 Changing the Power Mode P. 121

●

As a temporary measure, press and hold the ENGINE
START/STOP button for up to 15 seconds while
pressing the brake pedal and manually start the engine.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

83 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIndicatorsuintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID) Warning and Information Messages

U.S. models

Message

Condition
●

Flashes when the system senses a likely collision with a
vehicle in front of you.

Explanation
●

Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the
brakes, change lanes, etc.).
2 Forward Collision Warning (FCW) * P. 252

Appears when your vehicle is too close to the traffic
lane lines. The beeper sounds.

●

Take appropriate action to keep your vehicle within the
lane lines.
2 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) * P. 256

* Not available on all models

Instrument Panel

●

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

84 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Gauges and intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)
Gauges
Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge, and related indicators.
They are displayed when the power mode is in ON.

■ Speedometer
Displays your driving speed in mph or km/h.

1Gauges
Press and hold the km/mile change knob until you
hear a beep. The speedometer reading and the
displayed measurements switch between mph and
km/h.

Instrument Panel

■ Tachometer
Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.

■ Fuel Gauge
Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.

1Fuel Gauge
NOTICE

You should refuel when the reading approaches E .
Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire,
damaging the catalytic converter.
The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from
the fuel gauge reading.

■ Instant Fuel Economy Gauge
Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg or l/100km.

1Instant Fuel Economy Gauge
Press and hold the km/mile change knob to switch
the measurement.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

85 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuGauges and intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)uintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)
The i-MID shows the odometer, trip meter, outside temperature indicator, and other
gauges.
It also displays important messages such as warnings and other helpful information.

■ Switching the Display
Press the

Instrument Panel

■ Main display
(display/information) button to change the display.

Fuel Consumption

Ecological Drive
Display

Power Flow Monitor

Audio/HFL Display
(Display/
Information
Button)

Full Size Analogue Clock

Blank Screen

Continued

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

86 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuGauges and intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)uintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

■ Trip computer
Press the

(Select/Reset) knob to change the display.

Instrument Panel

Odometer
Outside temperature

Trip A

Trip B

(Select/Reset) Knob

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

87 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuGauges and intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)uintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

■ Fuel consumption

1Fuel consumption
You can choose an item to be displayed in the fuel
consumption screen. Range, elapsed time, or average
speed can be selected.
2 Customized Features P. 93
2 Switching the Display P. 85

Press

Range

Elapsed time

Instrument Panel

Fuel consumption

Press and hold

.
Average speed

To change the item displayed on the fuel consumption screen:
1. Press and hold the
button until the item blinks.
2. Press the
button to select an item while the item is blinking for about six
seconds.
The display is fixed when the time elapses and blinking stops.

Continued

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

88 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuGauges and intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)uintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

■ Odometer
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers that your vehicle has accumulated.

■ Trip Meter

1Trip Meter

Instrument Panel

Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A
and B can be used to measure two separate trips.

■ Resetting a trip meter
To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the
reset to 0.0.

knob. The trip meter is

■ Average Fuel Economy
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg or l/100 km.
The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the average fuel
economy is also reset.

■ Range
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This distance is
estimated from the fuel economy of your previous trips.

■ Elapsed Time
Shows the time elapsed since Trip A or Trip B was reset.

Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the
knob, or by using the customized
features on the i-MID.
2 Customized Features P. 93

1Average Fuel Economy
You can change the way the average fuel economy is
reset.
2 Customized Features P. 93

1Range
You can choose an item to be displayed in the fuel
consumption screen. Range, elapsed time, or average
speed can be selected.
2 Customized Features P. 93

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

89 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuGauges and intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)uintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

■ Average Speed
Shows the average speed in mph or km/h since Trip A or Trip B was reset.

■ Engine Oil Life
2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 283

■ Outside Temperature

1Outside Temperature
The temperature sensor is in the front bumper.
Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can
affect the temperature reading when your vehicle
speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).

Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).

■ Adjusting the outside temperature display
Adjust the temperature reading up to ±5°F or ±3°C if the temperature reading
seems incorrect.

■ Instant Fuel Economy

It may take several minutes for the display to be
updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
Use the i-MID’s customized features to correct the
temperature.
2 Customized Features P. 93

Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg or l/100 km.

■ Turn-by-Turn Direction *

1Turn-by-Turn Direction *

Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the
navigation system.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual

* Not available on all models

Instrument Panel

Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance MinderTM.

Continued

You can select whether the turn-by-turn display
comes on or not during the route guidance.
2 Customized Features P. 93

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

90 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuGauges and intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)uintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

■ Ecological Drive Display
Leaf
ICON

1st Stage

2nd Stage
Instrument Panel

3rd Stage

■ Real-time score
The Eco assist scoring system is a point system
you can use to monitor your driving style and
its impact on fuel economy. Points are
represented by leaf icons on the i-MID. Leaves
are:
• Accumulated when your driving style is fuel
efficient.
• Deducted when your style is not fuel
efficient.

■ Reset the system
To clear all leaves and lifetime points, complete step 5 through 7 within 30 seconds,
and do not run the engine.
1. The shift lever must be in (P .
2. Set the power mode to ON.
3. If the ECON mode is on, press the ECON button to turn it off.
4. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
5. Set the power mode to ON again.
6. Depress the brake pedal twice.
u The ambient meter color changes from blue to green.
u When the Fuel Efficiency Backlight setting on the i-MID is off, the color stays
in blue.
7. Press the ECON button twice.
u The ambient meter color turns off.
8. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

91 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuGauges and intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)uintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

■ Eco drive bar

1Eco drive bar

The bar extends to the right or left of the center line while driving. The more
aggressive the acceleration is, the further the bar extends to the right. The more
aggressive the deceleration is, the further the bar extends to the left. Keep the bar
near the center line for better fuel economy while driving.

High Fuel Economy

Acceleration

High Fuel Economy

Moderate Deceleration

Moderate Acceleration

Aggressive Deceleration

Aggressive Acceleration

Continued

Instrument Panel

Deceleration

The ambient meter color changes corresponding to
the level of eco drive bar extension.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

92 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuGauges and intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)uintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

■ Power Flow Monitor

1Power Flow Monitor

Displays engine and electric motor power flow and whether the system is assisting
the engine or charging the battery.
Power Flow

Engine Operation
Icon

Instrument Panel

IMA battery icon
shows charge level.

The electric motor is charging the IMA
battery.

The IMA battery charge level may decrease rapidly
under the following conditions:
• When the 12 volt battery has been replaced.
• When the IMA battery has been disconnected.
• When the IMA battery control system corrects its
reading.
The charge level reading will be corrected
automatically while driving.
If the IMA battery is too hot or too cold, the IMA
battery’s output power is limited to protect the
battery. This disables the IMA assist and Auto Idle
Stop, even though the battery is wellcharged.
It takes a short time to normalize the IMA battery’s
output power depending on the weather.

Power is supplied by
only the electric motor.

Power is only supplied by the engine.

Power is supplied by the
engine and the electric motor
is assisting the engine.

Power is only supplied by the engine
and the electric motor is charging the
IMA battery.

■ Power flow from/to the IMA battery icon
The degree to which the electric motor is assisting the engine or the IMA battery is
being charged is indicated by the bar graph.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

93 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuGauges and intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)uintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

■ Customized Features

1Customized Features
To customize other features, press the (+ / (button.
2 List of customizable options P. 97

Use the i-MID to customize certain features.

■ How to customize

(+ Button
Press to scroll upwards.

Button
Press to go back to the
previous display.
(- Button

Press to scroll downwards.

Instrument Panel

Select the Vehicle Menu screen by pressing the MENU button while the power
mode is in ON, and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Select Customize Settings,
then press the SOURCE button.

SOURCE Button
Press to set your selection.
Button
Press to go to the next
display.
MENU Button
Press to go to Vehicle
Menu.

Continued

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

94 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuGauges and intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)uintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

■ Customization flow

1Customized Features

Press the MENU button.

You can exit the customizing screen at any time by
pressing the MENU button.

Vehicle Menu
Vehicle Information
Fuel Consumption History
Instrument Panel

Maintenance info
Odometer/Trip Meter
Trip Meter Reset

Select Trip/Odometer

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

95 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuGauges and intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)uintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

Customize Settings
TPMS Calibration *
Instrument Panel

Driving support system
setup *

Forward Collision Warning
Distance

Trip Meter Item to Display
Welcome Screen
Display Setup

Color Theme
Keyless Start Guidance Screens
Turn by Turn Display *
Language Selection
Adjust Outside Temp. Display
Trip A reset trigger

Trip Computer Setup

Trip B reset trigger
Display km/miles
Fuel Efficiency Backlight

* Not available on all models

Continued

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

96 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuGauges and intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)uintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

Keyless Access Beep
Keyless Access Setup
Instrument Panel

Door Unlock Mode
Interior Light Dimming Time
Lighting Setup

Headlight Auto Off Timer
Auto Light Sensitivity
Auto Door Lock
Door Lock Mode

Door Setup

Auto Unlock All Doors
Keyless Lock Acknowledgment
Security Relock Timer

Default All

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

97 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuGauges and intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)uintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

■ List of customizable options
Setup Group
Vehicle
Information

Description

Selectable settings

Fuel Consumption
History

Shows the fuel consumption history.

Maintenance Info

Resets the Maintenance MinderTM.

No/Yes

Trip Meter Reset

Resets the trip meter.

Trip A/Trip B

Select Trip/Odometer

Switches between odometer, trip meter A, and trip
meter B.

Odometer/Trip A/Trip B

—

Continued

Instrument Panel

Odometer/
Trip Meter

Customizable Features

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

98 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuGauges and intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)uintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

Setup Group

Customizable Features

Description

Instrument Panel

TPMS Calibration *

Calibrates the TPMS.

Cancel/Initialize

Driving
Support
System
Setup *

Forward
Collision
Warning
Distance

Changes at which distance FCW alerts, or turns
FCW on and off.

Long/Normal*2/Short/Off

Trip Meter Item
to Display

Selects an item to be displayed along with average
fuel economy.

Range*2/Elapsed Time/
Average Speed

Welcome
Screen

Selects whether the welcome screen comes on or
when you set the power mode to ON.

On*2/Off

Color Theme

Changes the color of the screen.

Blue*2/Red/Amber/Gray

Keyless Start
Guidance
Screens

Displays the push button start guidance when
conditions are met to change power mode.

On*2/Off

Turn by Turn
Display*1, *3

Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes on
or not during the route guidance.

On*2/Off

Language
Selection

Changes the displayed language.

English*2/French/Spanish

Customize
Settings
Display
Setup

*1: Models with navigation system
*2: Default Setting
*3: Refer to the Navigation System Manual for complete details.

Selectable settings

* Not available on all models

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

99 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuGauges and intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)uintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

Setup Group

Customizable Features

Customize
Settings

Keyless
Access
Setup

Selectable settings

Adjust
Outside
Temp.
Display

Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees.

-5°F ~ ±0°F*1 ~ +5°F (U.S.)
-3°C ~ ±0°C*1 ~ +3°C (Canada)

Trip A reset
trigger

Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A,
average fuel economy A, average speed A, and
elapsed time A.

With refuel/Manual only*1/
IGN Off

Trip B reset
trigger

Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B,
average fuel economy B, average speed B, and
elapsed time B.

With refuel/Manual only*1/
IGN Off

Display km/
miles

Changes the displayed measurement on the i-MID
and instant fuel economy gauge. In Auto, these
measurements change in accordance with a
change made to the speedometer measurement.

Auto*1/km/miles

Fuel
Efficiency
Backlight

Turns the ambient meter feature on and off.

On*1/Off

Keyless
Access Beep

Sets the beeper sound or not when you grab either
front door handle.

On*1/Off

Door Unlock
Mode

Changes which doors unlock when you grab the
driver’s door handle.

Driver Door Only*1/All Doors

Instrument Panel

Trip
Computer
Setup

Description

*1: Default Setting

Continued

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

100 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuGauges and intelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)uintelligent Multi-Information Display (i-MID)

Setup Group

Customizable Features

Instrument Panel

Lighting
Setup

Customize
Settings
Door
Setup

Default
All
*1: Default Setting

100

* Not available on all models

Description

Selectable settings

Interior Light
Dimming
Time

Changes the length of time the interior lights stay
on after you close the doors.

60sec/30sec*1/15sec

Headlight
Auto Off
Timer

Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay
on after you close the driver’s door.

60sec/30sec/15sec*1/0sec

Auto Light
Sensitivity

Changes the timing for the headlights to come on.

Max/High/Mid*1/Low/Min

Auto Door
Lock

Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically lock.

Off/With Vehicle Speed*1/
Shift from P

Door Lock
Mode

Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to unlock
on the first operation of the remote or built-in key.

Driver Door*1/All Doors

Auto Unlock
All Doors

Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically unlock.

Off/When Driver’s Door
Opens*1/When Shift To
Park */When Ignition Off

Keyless Lock
Acknowledgment

LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.

On*1/Off

Security
Relock Timer

Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock
and the security system to set after you unlock the
vehicle without opening any door.

90sec/60sec/30sec*1

Cancels/Resets all the customized settings as
default.

Cancel
Reset All Defaults

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

101 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Controls
This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.

Clock .................................................. 102
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions .................. 103
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside .......................................... 106
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside ............................................. 110
Childproof Door Locks ..................... 112
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 113
Opening and Closing the Trunk....... 114
Security System
Immobilizer System .......................... 117
Security System Alarm...................... 117

* Not available on all models

Opening and Closing the Windows ...119
Operating the Switches Around the
Steering Wheel
ENGINE START/STOP Button............. 121
Turn Signals ..................................... 124
Light Switches.................................. 124
Daytime Running Lights ................... 127
Wipers and Washers ........................ 128
Brightness Control ........................... 129
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror *
Button ........................................... 130
Adjusting the Steering Wheel........... 131

Adjusting the Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 132
Power Door Mirrors ......................... 132
Adjusting the Seats
Adjusting the Seat Positions............. 134
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience
Items
Interior Lights .................................. 139
Interior Convenience Items .............. 140
Climate Control System
Using Automatic Climate Control .... 144
Automatic Climate Control Sensors... 146

101

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

102 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Clock
Adjusting the Clock
You can adjust the time in the clock display, with the power mode in ON.

■ Adjusting the Time
■ Using the Settings menu on the audio/

Controls

102

information screen
1. Select Settings.
2. Select System.
3. Select Clock.
4. Select Clock Adjustment.
5. Select 3 or 4 to change hour.
6. Select 3 or 4 to change minute, then
select OK.

1Adjusting the Clock
You can customize the clock display to show the 12
hour clock or 24 hour clock.
2 Customized Features P. 192
The clock display is set to off by factory default.
You can turn the clock display on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 192
Models with navigation system

The clock is automatically updated through the
navigation system, so the time does not need to be
adjusted.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

103 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions
This vehicle comes with the following keys:
Use the key to start and stop the engine, to
lock and unlock the doors and to open the
trunk. You can also use the remote
transmitter or smart entry system to lock and
unlock the doors and to open the trunk.

Release Knob

Built-in Key

The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the
doors when the smart entry remote battery
becomes weak and the power door lock/
unlock operation is disabled.
To remove the built-in key, pull it out while
sliding the release knob. To reinstall the builtin key, push the built-in key into the smart
entry remote until it clicks.

Continued

All the keys have an immobilizer system. The
immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle
theft.
2 Immobilizer System P. 117
The keys contain precision electronics.
Adhere to the following advice to prevent damage to
the electronics:
• Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in
locations with high temperature or high humidity.
• Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them.
• Keep the keys away from liquids.
• Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the
battery.
If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine
may not start, and the remote transmitter may not
work.
If the keys do not work properly, have them
inspected by a dealer.

Controls

■ Smart entry remote

1Key Types and Functions

103

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

104 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions

■ Key Number Tag

1Key Number Tag

Contains a number that you will need if you
purchase a replacement key.

Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a
safe place outside of your vehicle.
If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a
dealer.
If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine,
contact a dealer.

Controls

104

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

105 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength

Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength
The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the smart entry remote when locking/
unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or to start the engine.
In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or starting
the engine may be inhibited or operation may be unstable:
• Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment.
• You are carrying the smart entry remote together with telecommunications
equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices.
• A metallic object is touching or covering the smart entry remote.

1Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength
Communication between the smart entry remote and
the vehicle consumes the smart entry remote’s
battery.
Battery life is about two years, but this varies
depending on regularity of use.
The battery is consumed whenever the smart entry
remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing
it near electrical appliances such as televisions and
personal computers.
Controls

105

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

106 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
■ Using the Remote Transmitter

■ Locking the doors

LED
Unlock
Button

Lock
Button

Controls

Press the lock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors
lock, and the security system sets.
Twice (within five seconds after the first
push):
u The beeper sounds and verifies the
security system is set.

■ Unlocking the doors
Press the unlock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the
driver’s door unlocks.
Twice:
u The remaining doors unlock.

1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
You can lock or unlock doors using the remote
transmitter or smart entry system only when the
power mode in VEHICLE OFF.
1Using the Remote Transmitter
If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of
unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter,
the doors will automatically relock.
You can change the relock timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 93
If the interior light switch is in the door activated
position, the interior lights come on when you press
the unlock button.
No doors opened: The lights fade out after 30 seconds.
Doors relocked with the remote: The lights go off
immediately.
2 Interior Lights P. 139
The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so
the operating range may vary depending on the
surroundings.
The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is
open.
If the distance at which it works varies, the battery is
probably low.
If the LED does not come on when you press a
button, the battery is dead.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 318
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Customized Features P. 93

106

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

107 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

■ Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System
When you carry the smart entry remote, you
can lock/unlock the doors and open the trunk.
You can lock/unlock the doors within a radius
of about 32 inches (80 cm) of the outside door
handle. You can open the trunk within about
32 inches (80 cm) radius from the trunk
release button.

• Do not leave the smart entry remote in the vehicle
when you get out. Carry it with you.

• Even if you are not carrying the smart entry remote,
•
•

Press the door lock button on the front door.
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all the doors lock; and the
security system sets.

•

you can lock/unlock the doors while someone else
with the remote is within range.
The door may be unlocked if the door handle is
covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if
the smart entry remote is within range.
If you grip a front door handle wearing gloves, the
door sensor may be slow to respond or may not
respond by unlocking the doors.
You cannot unlock the door by gripping the handle
after two seconds of unlocking it.
The door may not open if you pull it immediately
after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle
again and confirm that the door is unlocked before
pulling the handle.
Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may
not be able to lock/unlock the doors with the smart
entry remote if it is above or below the outside
handle.
The smart entry remote may not operate if it is too
close to the door and door glass.

Controls

•

■ Locking the doors and the trunk
Door Lock Button

1Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System

You can customize the door lock mode and keyless
lock acknowledgement setting.
2 Customized Features P. 93

Continued

107

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

108 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

■ Unlocking the doors and the trunk

1Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System

Grab the driver’s door handle:
u The driver’s door unlocks.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Grab the front passenger’s door handle:
u All the doors and trunk unlock.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Controls

Trunk Release Button

Press the trunk release button:
u The trunk unlocks and opens.
u The beeper sounds.
2 Using the Trunk Release Button P. 115

108

If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of
unlocking the vehicle, the doors will automatically
relock.
The beep and unlock settings can be customized.
2 Customized Features P. 93

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

109 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

■ Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
Fully insert the key and turn it.

1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
When you lock the driver’s door with the key, all the
other doors lock at the same time. When unlocking,
the driver’s door unlocks first. Turn the key a second
time within a few seconds to unlock the remaining
doors.
If you unlock the doors with the key, the alarm goes
off when you open the bonnet or move the shift lever
out of (P .

Lock
Unlock

■ Locking a Door Without Using a Key
■ Locking the driver’s and front
passenger’s door
Push the lock tab forward a or push the
master door lock switch in the lock direction
b, and close the door.

Controls

You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Customized Features P. 93
1Locking a Door Without Using a Key
When you lock the driver’s door, all the other doors
lock at the same time.
Make sure you have the key in your hand before
locking the door to prevent it from being locked in
the vehicle.

■ Locking the rear passengers’ doors
Push the lock tab forward and close the door.

■ Lockout prevention system
The doors cannot be locked when the smart entry remote is inside the vehicle.

109

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

110 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
■ Using the Lock Tab
To Lock

Lock Tab

1Using the Lock Tab

■ Locking a door
Push the lock tab forward.

■ Unlocking a door
To Unlock

Controls

110

Pull the lock tab rearward.

When you lock the door using the lock tab on the
driver’s door, all the other doors lock at the same
time.
When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the
driver’s door, only the driver’s door will unlock.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

111 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

■ Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
Inner
Handle

1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle

Pull the front door inner handle.
u The door unlocks and opens in one
motion.

The inner front door handles are designed to allow
front seat occupants to open the door in one motion.
However this feature requires that front seat
occupants never pull a front door inner handle while
the vehicle is in motion.
Children should always ride in a rear seat where
childproof door locks are provided.
2 Childproof Door Locks P. 112
Controls

Unlocking and opening the driver’s door from the inner handle unlocks all the other
doors.
To avoid all the doors to be unlocked, use the lock tab on the driver’s door to unlock,
then lock again before opening the door.
u This setting works for one time only.
If you do not want all the doors to be unlocked all the time, customize the
Auto Unlock All Doors setting to Off using the i-MID.
2 Customized Features P. 93

Continued

111

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

112 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks

■ Using the Master Door Lock Switch
Press the master door lock switch in as shown
to lock or unlock all doors.

To Lock

1Using the Master Door Lock Switch
When you lock/unlock each front door using the
master lock switch, all the other doors lock/unlock at
the same time.

To Unlock
Controls

Master Door
Lock Switch

Childproof Door Locks
The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside
regardless of the position of the lock tab.

■ Setting the Childproof Door Locks
Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock
position, and close the door.

■ When opening the door
Open the door using the outside door handle.
Unlock

Lock

112

1Childproof Door Locks
To open the door from the inside when the
childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the
unlock position, lower the rear window, put your
hand out of the window, and pull the outside door
handle.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

113 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
Your vehicle locks and unlocks all doors automatically when a certain condition is
met.

■ Auto Door Locking

1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
You can turn off or change to another auto door
locking/unlocking setting using the i-MID.
2 Customized Features P. 93

■ Drive lock mode
All doors lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).

■ Auto Door Unlocking
All doors unlock when the driver’s door is opened.

Controls

■ Driver’s door open mode

113

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

114 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Opening and Closing the Trunk
Precautions for Opening/Closing the Trunk
■ Opening the trunk
Open the trunk all the way.
u If it is not fully opened, the trunk lid may begin to close under its own weight.

■ Closing the trunk
Keep the trunk lid closed while driving to:
u Avoid possible damage.
u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 64
Controls

Using the Trunk Opener
Pulling the trunk release on the outside of the
driver’s seat unlocks and opens the trunk.

Trunk
Release

114

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

115 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuUsing the Trunk Release Button

■ Locking the trunk opener
You can lock the trunk release with the builtin key.

1Locking the trunk opener
If you need to give the key to someone else, give
them the remote from which you have removed the
built-in key.

Locking the trunk release disables the trunk
release button on the smart entry remote and
trunk lid to protect luggage in the trunk.

Trunk Release Button

Push up the release button on the trunk lid
after the doors are unlocked.
Even if the trunk is locked, you can open the
trunk if you carry the smart entry remote.
u The beeper will sound.

1Using the Trunk Release Button

• Do not leave the smart entry remote in the vehicle

Controls

Using the Trunk Release Button

when you get out. Carry it with you.

• Even if you are not carrying the smart entry remote,
you can unlock the trunk while someone else with
the remote is within range.
• Do not leave the smart entry remote inside the
trunk and close the lid. The beeper sounds and the
trunk cannot be closed.
• Do not carry the smart entry remote near the trunk
lid when closing it.
• Do not place the smart entry remote around the
rear seat when closing the trunk.

115

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

116 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuUsing the Remote Transmitter

Using the Remote Transmitter
Press the trunk release button for
approximately one second to unlock and open
the trunk.
Trunk
Release
Button

Controls

Emergency Trunk Opener
The trunk release lever allows you to open the
trunk from inside for your safety.
Lever

116

Slide the release lever in the direction of the
arrow.

1Emergency Trunk Opener
Parents should decide if their children should be
shown how to use this feature.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

117 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Security System
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from
starting the engine. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use electronic
signals to verify the key.

Security System Alarm

NOTICE

Leaving the smart entry remote in the vehicle can
result in theft or accidental movement of the vehicle.
Always take the key with you whenever you leave the
vehicle unattended.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.

Controls

Pay attention to the following when pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button:
• Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ENGINE START/
STOP button.
• Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object.
• Do not bring a key from another vehicle’s immobilizer system near the smart entry
remote.

1Immobilizer System

1Security System Alarm

The security system alarm activates when the trunk, hood or doors are forcibly
opened. The alarm does not go off if the trunk or doors are opened with the key,
remote transmitter or smart entry system.

The security alarm continues for a maximum of two
minutes until the security system deactivates.

However, the alarm goes off when a door is opened with the key, then the shift
lever is moved out of (P or the hood is opened before the power mode is set to ON.

■ When the security system alarm activates
The horn sounds intermittently and all the exterior lights flash.

■ To deactivate the security system alarm
Unlock the vehicle using the remote transmitter or smart entry system. The system,
along with the horn and flashing lights, is deactivated.

Continued

117

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

118 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm

■ Setting the security system alarm
The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have
been met:
• The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
• The hood and trunk are closed.
• All doors are locked from outside with the key, remote transmitter or smart entry
system.

■ When the security system alarm sets
Controls

The security system indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the blinking
interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system is set.

■ To cancel the security system alarm
The security system is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the remote
transmitter, or smart entry system, or the power mode is set to ON. The security
system indicator goes off at the same time.

■ Panic Mode
■ The panic button on the remote

Panic
Button

transmitter
If you press the panic button for
approximately one second, the following will
occur for about 30 seconds:
• The horn sounds.
• Some exterior lights flash.

■ Canceling panic mode
Press any button on the remote transmitter, or set the power mode to ON.

118

1Security System Alarm
Do not set the security system alarm when someone
is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can
accidentally activate when:
• Unlocking the door with the lock tab.
• Opening the trunk with the trunk release or the
emergency trunk opener.
• Moving the shift lever out of (P .
• Opening the hood with the hood release.
If the battery goes dead after you have set the
security system alarm, the security alarm may go off
once the battery is recharged or replaced.
If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by
unlocking a door using the remote transmitter.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add another
device to it.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

119 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Opening and Closing the Windows
Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be opened and closed when the power mode is in ON,
using the switches on the doors. The driver’s side switches can be used to open and
close all the windows.
The power window lock button on the driver’s side must be switched off (not
pushed in, indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than
the driver’s seat.

■ Opening/Closing Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function
On
Off
Power Window
Lock Button

Driver’s
Window
Switch

Indicator

■ Automatic operation
To open: Push the switch down firmly.
To close: Pull the switch up firmly.
The window opens or closes completely. To
stop the window at any time, push or pull the
switch briefly.

■ Manual operation

3 WARNING
Closing a power window on someone’s
hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
Make sure your passengers are away from
the windows before closing them.
The power windows can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
Opening either front door cancels this function.

Controls

When the power window lock button is pushed in, the indicator comes on and you
can only operate the driver’s window. Turn the power window lock button on when
children are in the vehicle.

1Opening/Closing the Power Windows

Auto Reverse
If a power window senses resistance when closing
automatically, it will stop closing and reverse
direction.
The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled
when you continuously pull up the switch.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.

To open: Push the switch down lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it
until the desired position is reached.

Continued

119

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

120 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows

■ Opening/Closing Windows without Auto-Open/Close Function
Close

To open: Push the switch down.
To close: Pull the switch up.
Release the switch when the window reaches
the desired position.

Open

Controls

120

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

121 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel
ENGINE START/STOP Button
■ Changing the Power Mode

1ENGINE START/STOP Button
ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range

VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
Indicator in the button is off.
The steering wheel is locked*1.
The power to all electrical
components is turned off.

Indicator

Operating Range

Controls

ACCESSORY
Indicator in the button is on.
Indicator in the button blinks
(from ON to ACCESSORY).
Operate the audio system and
other accessories in this position.

You can start the engine when the smart entry
remote is inside the vehicle.
The engine may also run if the smart entry remote is
close to the door or window, even if it is outside the
vehicle.

ON
Indicator in the button is on.
All electrical components can be
used.

ON mode:
Indicator in the button is off, if the engine is running.
If the smart entry remote battery is weak, beeper
sounds and the TO START, HOLD REMOTE NEAR
START BUTTON message appears on the i-MID.
2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
P. 342

Without pressing
the brake pedal
Press the button without the
shift lever in (P .

Press the button.
U.S. models

Shift to (P then press the button.

Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON
when you get out.

Shift to (P .

*1:Canadian models
Continued

121

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

122 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button

■ Automatic Power Off
If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the shift lever in (P and the power
mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode similar to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid the battery drain.
Canadian models

Controls

122

When in this mode:
The steering wheel does not lock.
You cannot lock or unlock doors with the remote transmitter or the smart entry
system.
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button three times to switch the mode to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

123 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button

■ Power Mode Reminder
If you open the driver’s door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning
buzzer sounds.

■ Smart Entry Remote Reminder

■ When the power mode is in ON
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed,
warning buzzers sound from both inside and
outside the vehicle. A warning message on
the i-MID notifies the driver inside that the
remote is out.

■ When the power mode is in
ACCESSORY
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and all the doors are closed, a
warning buzzer sounds from outside the
vehicle.

1Smart Entry Remote Reminder
When the smart entry remote is within the system’s
operational range, and the driver’s door is closed, the
warning function cancels.
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the vehicle
after the engine has been started, you can no longer
change the ENGINE START/STOP button mode or
restart the engine. Always make sure if the remote is
in your vehicle when you operate the ENGINE
START/STOP button.

Controls

Warning buzzers may sound from inside or/
and outside the vehicle to remind you that the
smart entry remote is out of the vehicle. If the
buzzer continues even after the remote is put
back inside, place it to be within its
operational range.

Removing the smart entry remote from the vehicle
through a window does not activate the warning
buzzer.
Do not put the smart entry remote on the dashboard
or in the glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer
to go off. Under some other conditions that can
prevent the vehicle from locating the remote, the
warning buzzer may also go off even if the remote is
within the system’s operational range.

123

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

124 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals

Turn Signals
Right Turn

The turn signals can be used when the power
mode is in ON.

■ One-touch turn signal

Left Turn

When you lightly push up or down and release
the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals
and turn signal indicator blink three times.

Controls

This feature can be used when signaling for a
lane change.

Light Switches
1Light Switches

■ Manual Operation
High Beams

Flashing the high beams
Low Beams
Turns on parking, side marker,
tail, and rear license plate lights
Turns on headlights, parking,
side marker, tail, and rear
license plate lights

124

Rotating the light switch turns the lights on
and off, regardless of the power mode
setting.
■ High beams
Push the lever forward until you hear a click.
■ Low beams
When in high beams, pull the lever back to
return to low beams.
■ Flashing the high beams
Pull the lever back, and release it.

If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
with the lights on, a light on reminder chime will
sound when you open the driver’s door.
Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off
because it will cause the battery to discharge.
If you sense that the level of the headlights is
abnormal, have the vehicle inspected by a dealer.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

125 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

■ Automatic Lighting Control

1Automatic Lighting Control

Automatic lighting control can be used when
the power mode is in ON.

The light sensor is in the location shown below.
Do not cover this light sensor with anything;
otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not
work properly.
Controls

When you turn the light switch to AUTO, the
headlights and other exterior lights will switch
on and off automatically depending on the
ambient brightness.
u You can change the auto light sensitivity
setting.

We recommend that you turn on the lights manually
when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas
such as long tunnels or parking facilities.

Light Sensor

2 Customized Features P. 93

Adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:
Setting
Max
High
Mid
Low
Min

Continued

The exterior lights come on
when the ambient light is at
Bright

Dark

125

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

126 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

■ Headlight Integration with Wipers *
The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within
a certain number of intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO.
The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped.

■ Automatic Lighting Off Feature
Controls

The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15
seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), take the remote with
you, and close the driver’s door.
u You can change the headlight auto off timer setting.
2 Customized Features P. 93

If you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the headlight switch on, but
do not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (three minutes, if the
switch is in the AUTO position).
The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver’s door. If you unlock
the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the
driver’s door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.

126

* Not available on all models

1Headlight Integration with Wipers *
This feature activates during the headlights are off in
AUTO.
The instrument panel brightness does not change
when the headlights come on.
At dark ambient light levels, the automatic lighting
control feature turns on the headlights, regardless of
the number of wiper sweeps.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

127 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDaytime Running Lights

Daytime Running Lights
The daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have been met:
• The power mode is in ON.
• The headlight switch is off, or in
.
• The parking brake is released.
The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake. Setting the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF turns off the daytime running lights.

Controls

127

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

128 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers

Wipers and Washers
The windshield wipers and washers can be
used when the power mode is in ON.

■ MIST
Pull to
use
washer.

The wipers run at high speed until you release
the lever.

■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT, LO, HI)
Controls

Intermittent Time
Adjustment Ring

Change the wiper switch setting according to
the amount of rain.

■ Adjusting the delay
MIST
OFF
INT: Low speed with
intermittent
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe

Turn the adjustment ring to adjust the wiper
delay.
Long delay

Short delay

■ Washer
Sprays while you pull the lever toward you.
When you release the lever, the wipers make
two or three more sweeps before stopping.

1Wipers and Washers
NOTICE

Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry.
The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber
blades will get damaged.
NOTICE

In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the
windshield, becoming stuck.
Operating the wipers in this condition may damage
the wipers. Use the defroster to warm the
windshield, then turn the wipers on.
If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are
operating intermittently, the length of the wipe
interval shortens. When the vehicle starts moving, the
wipers make a single sweep.
When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operation’s
shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting
become the same.
Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out.
The pump may get damaged.
The wiper motor is equipped with a breaker that may
stop motor operation temporarily to prevent an
overload. Wiper operation will return to normal within a
few minutes, once the circuit has returned to normal.
If the wipers stop operating due to any obstacle such as
the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe place.
Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and set the power
mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then
remove the obstacle.

128

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

129 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control

Brightness Control
When the parking lights are turned on and the
power mode is in ON, you can use the
brightness control knob to adjust instrument
panel brightness.
Brighten: Turn the knob to the right.
Dim: Turn the knob to the left.
Control Knob

■ Brightness level indicator
The brightness level is shown on the i-MID
while you are adjusting it.
As the brightness level increases to the right,
the instrument panel gets brighter.

Instrument panel brightness varies, depending on
whether the exterior lights are on or off. The
instrument panel dims to reduce glare when they are
on.
Pressing the
(Select/Reset) knob or the
(display/information) button changes to a different
display.
If you turn the knob to the right until the brightness
display is up to max, the beeper sounds. This cancels
the reduced instrument panel brightness when the
parking lights are on.

Controls

You will hear a beeper when the brightness
reaches minimum or maximum. The
intelligent multi-information display (i-MID)
will return to its original state several seconds
after you adjust the brightness.

1Brightness Control

The brightness can be set differently for when the
exterior lights are on, and when they are off.

129

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

130 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror * Button

Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror * Button
Press the rear defogger and heated door
mirror button to defog the rear window and
mirrors when the power mode is in ON.

Controls

The rear defogger and heated door mirrors
automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes
depending on the outside temperature.
However, if the outside temperature is 32°F
(0°C) or below, they do not automatically
switch off.

130

* Not available on all models

1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror * Button
NOTICE

When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be
careful not to damage the heating wires.
It is critical to wipe the window from side to side
along the defogger heating wires.
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off
when the window has been defogged.
Also, do not use the system for a long period when
the engine is idling. This may weaken the 12 volt
battery, making it difficult to start the engine.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

131 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel

Adjusting the Steering Wheel
1Adjusting the Steering Wheel

3 WARNING
Adjusting the steering wheel position while
driving may cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.
Adjust the steering wheel only when the
vehicle is stopped.
Make any steering wheel adjustments before you
start driving.

Controls

The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you
can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.
1. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up.
To adjust
u The steering wheel adjustment lever is
under the steering column.
2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and
in or out.
u Make sure you can see the instrument
panel gauges and indicators.
3. Push the steering wheel adjustment lever
To lock
Lever
down to lock the steering wheel in position.
u After adjusting the position, make sure
you have securely locked the steering
wheel in place by trying to move it up,
down, in, and out.

131

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

132 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Adjusting the Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirror
Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving
position.

■ Rearview Mirror with Day and Night Positions
Up
Controls

Day time
Position

Flip the tab to switch the position.
The night position will help to reduce the glare
from headlights behind you when driving
after dark.

Down
Tab
Night Position

Power Door Mirrors
You can adjust the door mirrors when the
power mode is in ON.

■ Mirror position adjustment

Adjustment
Switch

132

Selector
Switch

L/R selector switch: Select the left or right
mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the
switch to the center position.
Mirror position adjustment switch: Press
the switch left, right, up, or down to move the
mirror.

1Adjusting the Mirrors
Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and
adjusted for best visibility.
Adjust the mirrors before you start driving.
2 Adjusting the Seat Positions P. 134

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

133 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors

■ Expanded View Driver’s Mirror
Outer Segment

Objects visible in the outer segment of the driver side
door mirror appear smaller than objects in the rest of
the mirror. But in fact, they are closer than they
appear.
Do not rely on your mirrors. Always look to the side
and behind your vehicle before changing lanes.

Controls

Inner Segment

The driver side door mirror has outer and inner
segments.
The outer segment is slightly curved to provide
a wider angle view than a standard flat mirror.
This wider view may help you check areas that
are not visible using a standard door mirror.

1Expanded View Driver’s Mirror

133

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

134 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Adjusting the Seats
Adjusting the Seat Positions
Allow sufficient
space.

Move back.
Controls

Adjust the driver’s seat as far back as possible
while allowing you to maintain full control of
the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright,
well back in the seat and be able to
adequately press the pedals without leaning
forward, and grip the steering wheel
comfortably. The passenger’s seat should be
adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far
back from the front airbag in the dashboard
as possible.

Height Adjustment

1Adjusting the Seats

3 WARNING
Sitting too close to a front airbag can result
in serious injury or death if the front
airbags inflate.
Always sit as far back from the front
airbags as possible while maintaining
control of the vehicle.
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow
at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest.

(Driver side only)
Pull up or push down the lever
to raise or lower the seat.

Always make seat adjustments before driving.
Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and
forth to make sure it is locked in position.

Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
Horizontal Position
Adjustment
Pull up on the bar to move the
seat, then release the bar.

134

Driver’s seat is shown.

Pull up the lever to
change the angle.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

135 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

■ Adjusting the Seat-Backs

1Adjusting the Seat-Backs

Adjust the driver’s seat-back to a comfortable,
upright position, leaving ample space
between your chest and the airbag cover in
the center of the steering wheel.

Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the
occupant’s chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the
chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a
seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.

Continued

Reclining the seat-back too far can result in
serious injury or death in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an upright position,
and sit well back in the seat.
Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the
seat-back and your back.

Controls

The front seat passenger should also adjust
their seat-back to a comfortable, upright
position.

3 WARNING

Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag
operation.
If you cannot get far enough away from the steering
wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend
that you investigate whether some type of adaptive
equipment may help.

135

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

136 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

■ Adjusting the Head Restraints
Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints
in all seating positions.

Controls

Position head in the center
of the head restraint.

Head restraints are most effective for
protection against whiplash and other rearimpact crash injuries when the center of the
back of the occupant’s head rests against the
center of the restraint. The tops of the
occupant’s ears should be level with the
center height of the restraint.

■ Adjusting the front head restraint positions
To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint: Push it down
while pressing the release button.

136

1Adjusting the Head Restraints

3 WARNING
Improperly positioning head restraints
reduces their effectiveness and increases
the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.
Make sure head restraints are in place and
positioned properly before driving.
For the head restraint system to work properly:
• Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or
from the restraint legs.
• Do not place any objects between an occupant and
the seat-back.
• Install each restraint in its proper location.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

137 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

■ Changing the Rear Seat Head Restraint Positions

■ Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints

Controls

A passenger sitting in a back seating position
should adjust the height of their head restraint
to an appropriate position before the vehicle
begins moving.
To raise the head restraint:
Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint:
Push it down while pressing the release
button.
1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints

3 WARNING

Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.
To remove a head restraint:
Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the
restraint up and out.
To reinstall a head restraint:
Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height
while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked
in position.

Continued

Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the
head restraints can result in severe injury
during a crash.
Always replace the head restraints before
driving.

137

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

138 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest

■ Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their
seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their
seats, with their feet on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is
off.

Controls

Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.
In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or
fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an
inflating front airbag.

Armrest
■ Using the Front Seat Armrest
The console lid can be used as an armrest.
To adjust:
Slide the armrest to a desired position.

138

1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position

3 WARNING
Sitting improperly or out of position can
result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Always sit upright, well back in the seat,
with your feet on the floor.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

139 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items
Interior Lights
■ Interior Light Switch
Door Activated Position
On
Off

1Interior Light Switch

■ ON

■ Map Lights
The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the lenses.

You can change the interior light dimming time.
2 Customized Features P. 93

Controls

The interior light comes on regardless of
whether the doors are open or closed.
■ Door activated
The interior light comes on in the following
situations:
• When any of the doors are opened.
• You unlock the driver’s door.
• When the power mode is set to VEHICLE
OFF (LOCK).
■ OFF
The interior light remains off regardless of
whether the doors are open or closed.

In the door activated position, the interior light fades
out and goes off about 30 seconds after the doors
are closed.
The light goes off after 30 seconds in the following
situations:
• When you unlock the driver’s door but do not open
it.
• When the power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).

The interior light goes off immediately in the
following situations:
• When you lock the driver’s door.
• When you close the driver’s door in ACCESSORY
mode.
• When you set the power mode to ON.
If you leave any doors open, the interior lights go off
after about 15 minutes.

139

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

140 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

Interior Convenience Items
■ Glove Box

1Glove Box
Handle

Pull the handle to open the glove box.

3 WARNING
An open glove box can cause serious injury
to your passenger in a crash, even if the
passenger is wearing the seat belt.
Always keep the glove box closed while
driving.

Controls

Glove Box

■ Console Compartment
Pull the handle to open the console
compartment.

140

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

141 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Beverage Holders

1Beverage Holders
NOTICE

■ Front seat beverage holders

Spilled liquids damage the upholstery, carpeting, and
electrical components in the interior.
Be careful when you are using the beverage holders.
Hot liquid can scald you.

Controls

■ Center Pocket
Press on the upper edge to open the pocket.

Continued

141

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

142 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Accessory Power Socket

1Accessory Power Socket

The accessory power socket can be used when the power mode is in ACCESSORY or
ON.
Open the cover to use it.

NOTICE

Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter
element.
This can overheat the power socket.
The accessory power socket is designed to supply
power for 12 volt DC accessories that are rated 180
watts (15 amps) or less.

Controls

To prevent battery drain, only use the power socket
with the engine running.
NOTICE

Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit
compressor for more than 15 minutes. The accessory
power socket and compressor can overheat and
become permanently damaged.

■ Coat Hook

1Coat Hook

There is a coat hook on the rear left grab
handle. Pull it down to use it.

142

The coat hook is not designed for large or heavy
items.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

143 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items

■ Seat Heaters *

1Seat Heaters *

The power mode must be in ON to use the
seat heaters. The HI setting heats the seats
faster than the LO setting.

3 WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.

While in HI, the heater cycles on and off.
u The appropriate indicator will be on
while the seat heater is on. Briefly press
the button on the opposite side to turn
the heater off. The indicator will be off.
When a comfortable temperature is
reached, select LO to keep the seat
warm.

* Not available on all models

Controls

Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the
engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may
be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.
In the LO setting, the heater runs continuously and
does not automatically turn off.

143

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

144 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Climate Control System
Using Automatic Climate Control
The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select.
The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers
the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.
Temperature
Control Dial

AUTO Button
Controls

A/C (Air Conditioning) Button
MODE Button

Dashboard
and floor
vents

The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions
unrelated to the button that were pressed will be
controlled automatically.
During the Auto Idle Stop, the air conditioning
system will be turned off.
If the ECON mode is selected, the fan may also be
turned off.

(Recirculation) Button

Floor vents

Floor and
defogger
vents

Use the system when the engine is running.
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the temperature control dial.
3. Press the
button to cancel.

■ Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes
Press the
(recirculation) button and switch the mode depending on
environmental conditions.
Recirculation mode (indicator on): Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior through
the system.
Fresh air mode (indicator off): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in
fresh air mode in normal situations.

144

If any buttons are pressed while using the climate
control system in auto, the function of the button
that was pressed will take priority.

(On/Off) Button

Fan Control Dial

Dashboard
vents

1Using Automatic Climate Control

To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the
fan may not start immediately when the AUTO
button is pressed.
If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
more rapidly by partially opening the windows,
turning the system on AUTO, and setting the
temperature to low. Change the fresh mode to
recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper
limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

145 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

■ Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
Pressing the
(windshield defroster) button
turns the air conditioner system on and
automatically switches the system to fresh air
mode.
Press the
button again to turn off, the
system returns to the previous settings.

1. Press the
2. Press the

button.
button.

Pressing the
button switches the climate
control system between on and off. When turned on,
the system returns to your last selection.
While in ECON mode, the climate control system has
greater temperature fluctuations.
1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
through all the windows before driving.
Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower
limit.
When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the
windshield may fog up.

Controls

■ To rapidly defrost the windows

1Using Automatic Climate Control

If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that
the air hits the side windows.
1To rapidly defrost the windows
After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air
mode. If you keep the system in recirculation mode,
the windows may fog up from humidity. This
impedes visibility.

145

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

146 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors

Automatic Climate Control Sensors
Sensor

Controls

146

Sensor

The automatic climate control system is
equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill
any liquid on them.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

147 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Features
This chapter describes how to operate technology features.

Audio System
About Your Audio System................ 148
USB/HDMI® Port............................... 149
USB Adapter Cable .......................... 150
Audio System Theft Protection ......... 151
Audio Remote Controls.................... 152
Audio System Basic Operation ........ 154
Audio/Information Screen ................ 155
Adjusting the Sound ........................ 159
Display Setup ................................... 160
Playing AM/FM Radio ....................... 161
Playing SiriusXM® Radio * ................. 164

* Not available on all models

Playing a CD .................................... 167
Playing an iPod ................................ 170
Playing Internet Radio ...................... 173
Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 175
Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 178
Playing a Video Using the HDMI® ..... 180
Smartphone Apps ............................ 182
Siri Eyes Free .................................... 183
Audio Error Messages ...................... 184
General Information on the Audio
System ............................................. 188
Customized Features ........................ 192

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®............. 205

147

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

148 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Audio System
About Your Audio System
On models with navigation system, see the Navigation System Manual for operation
of the audio system, Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®, and voice commands for these
features.
The audio system features AM/FM radio and SiriusXM® Radio service *. It can also
play audio CDs, WMA/MP3/AAC files, USB flash devices, and iPod, iPhone and
Bluetooth® devices.
You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel, or
the icons on the touchscreen interface.

1About Your Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio is available on a subscription basis
only. For more information on SiriusXM® Radio,
contact a dealer.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 188
SiriusXM® Radio is available in the United States and
Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.
SiriusXM® is a registered trademark of Sirius XM
Radio, Inc.

Features

Remote Control
iPod

iPod

HDMI®
USB Flash
Drive

148

Video CDs, DVDs, and 3-inch (8-cm) mini CDs are not
supported.

USB Flash
Drive

* Not available on all models

iPod, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc.
State or local laws may limit the circumstances in
which you can launch or control your attached audio
device.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

149 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio SystemuUSB/HDMI® Port

USB/HDMI® Port
1. Open the cover.
2. Install the iPod dock connector or the USB
flash drive to the USB port.
3. Install the HDMI® cable to the HDMI® port.

1USB/HDMI® Port

• Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the
•
•
•
•

vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a
hub.
Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard
disk drive, as the device or your files may be
damaged.
We recommend backing up your data before using
the device in your vehicle.
Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.
Features

If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try
reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To
reboot, follow the manufacturer’s instructions
provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod.
The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition
Multimedia Interface, and the HDMI Logo are
trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI
Licensing LLC in the United States and other
countries.

149

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

150 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio SystemuUSB Adapter Cable

USB Adapter Cable
1. Lift the armrest and unclip the USB
connector cable.
2. Install the iPod dock connector or the USB
flash drive to the USB connector.

1USB Adapter Cable

• Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the
•
•
•
•

Features

•

Audio Antenna

1Audio Antenna

Your vehicle is equipped with a removable
antenna at the rear of the roof.

150

vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
Do not use an extension cable with the USB
adapter cable.
Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a
hub.
Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard
disk drive, as the device or your files may be
damaged.
We recommend your data backed up before using
the device in your vehicle.
Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.

NOTICE

Before using a “drive-through” car wash, remove the
antenna by unscrewing it by hand. This prevents the
antenna from being damaged by the car wash
brushes.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

151 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection

Audio System Theft Protection
The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as
when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the system
may display Enter Code. If this occurs, reactivate the audio system.

■ Reactivating the audio system
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Turn on the audio system.
3. Press and hold the audio system power button for more than two seconds.
u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a
connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize
the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked.
Features

151

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

152 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls

Audio Remote Controls
Allow you to operate the audio system while driving.
SOURCE Button
SOURCE Button
Cycles through the audio modes as follows:
FM AM SiriusXM® * CD USB iPod
Button
Pandora® * ahaTM* Apps *, *1 Bluetooth®
(+ Button
Audio AUX HDMI
Button

(- Button

MENU Button

(+ (- (Volume) Buttons
Press (+ : To increase the volume.
Press (- : To decrease the volume.

Features

Buttons
• When listening to the radio
Press : To select the next preset radio station.
Press : To select the previous preset radio station.
Press and hold : To select the next strong station.
Press and hold : To select the previous strong station.
• When listening to a CD, iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio
Press : To skip to the next song.
Press : To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
• When listening to a CD or USB flash drive
Press and hold : To skip to the next folder.
Press and hold : To go back to the previous folder.
• When listening to Internet radio *
Press : To skip to the next song.
Press and hold : To select the next station.
Press and hold : To select the previous station.
*1: Appears only when connected to HondaLinkTM.

152

* Not available on all models

1Audio Remote Controls
The CD or AUX mode appears only when a CD is
loaded or HDMI device is connected. Pandora® * and
Bluetooth® Audio appear when a connection
(Bluetooth® or USB) is established with a device.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

153 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls

* Not available on all models

1Audio Remote Controls
The MENU button is available only when the audio
mode is FM, AM, SiriusXM® *, CD, USB, iPod,
Pandora® *, AhaTM, or Bluetooth® Audio.

Features

Steering Wheel MENU Button
• When listening to the radio
Press and hold the MENU button: To select the radio station by Scan, Save
Preset, or Seek.
• When listening to SiriusXM® radio *
Press and hold the MENU button: To select the channel by Scan, Save
Preset, Channel, or Category.
• When listening to a CD or USB flash drive
Press and hold the MENU button: To select the song by Scan, Repeat, or
Random.
• When listening to an iPod
Press and hold the MENU button: To select the song by Repeat or Shuffle.
• When listening to Internet radio *
Press and hold the MENU button: To select Bookmark, or Play/Pause.
• When listening to a Bluetooth® Audio
Press and hold the MENU button: To select Pause or Play for the song.

153

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

154 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Audio System Basic Operation
To use the audio system function, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON.
HOME: Select to go to the HOME screen.
MENU
HOME
Button
2 Switching the Display P. 155

BACK

Features

154

MENU: Touch to select any mode.
The available mode includes Change Source,
Station List, Save Preset, Music Search,
and play modes. Play modes can be also
selected from Scan, Random/Repeat, and so
on.
BACK: Select to go back to the previous
display when it is displayed.
button:
Press to change the audio/information screen
brightness.
Press
once and select (- or (+ to make
an adjustment.
u Each time you press
, the mode
switches among the daytime mode,
nighttime mode and OFF mode.

1Audio System Basic Operation
Audio Menu Items
2 Station List P. 162
2 Music Search P. 168, 171, 176, 179
2 Random/Repeat P. 169, 177
2 Scan P. 163, 169, 177

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

155 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Audio/Information Screen
Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this display, you can go to various
setup options.

■ Switching the Display
HOME Screen

Features

Select HOME to go to the HOME screen.
Select Phone, Info, Audio, Settings, or HondaLink.

Continued

155

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

156 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Phone
Shows the HFL information.
2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 205

■ Info
Shows the Trip Computer, Clock/Wallpaper, Voice Info, or System/Device
Information.

■ Audio
Shows the current audio information.

■ Settings
Features

Enters the customizing menu screen.
2 Customized Features P. 192

■ HondaLink Apps
Connects with your smartphone*1 to play personalized music information, and social
media streams.
2 Smartphone Apps P. 182

*1: Available on specific phones only. Check handsfreelink.honda.com for
compatible phones and hondalink.com for feature details.

156

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

157 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Wallpaper Setup

1Wallpaper Setup

You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.

■ Import wallpaper
You can import up to five images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash
drive.
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB port
or the USB adapter cable.

• When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
•
•
•
•

2 USB/HDMI® Port P. 149
2 USB Adapter Cable P. 150

Continued

•
•

Features

2. Select Settings to go to the Settings
screen.
3. Select Info.
4. Select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then the
Wallpaper tab.
5. Select Add New.
u The picture name is displayed on the list.
6. Select a desired picture.
u The preview is displayed on the left side
on the screen.
7. Select Start Import to save the data.
u The display will return to the wallpaper
list.

in the USB flash drive’s root directory.
Images in a folder cannot be imported.
The file name must be fewer than 64 characters.
The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
The individual file size limit is 5 MB.
The maximum image size is 4,096 × 4,096 pixels. If
the image size is less than 800 × 480 pixels, the
image is displayed in the middle of the screen with
the extra area appearing in black.
Up to 255 files can be selected.
If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No files detected message appears.

157

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

158 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

■ Select wallpaper
1. Select Settings to go to the Settings screen.
2. Select Info.
3. Select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then the Wallpaper tab.
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Select a desired wallpaper.
u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Select Set.
u The display will return to the wallpaper list.

1Wallpaper Setup
From the pop-up menu, select Preview to see a
preview at full-size screen.

■ Delete wallpaper
Features

1. Select Settings to go to the Settings screen.
2. Select Info.
3. Select Clock/Wallpaper Type, then the Wallpaper tab.
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
4. Select a wallpaper that you want to delete.
u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
5. Select Delete.
u The confirmation message will appear.
6. Select Yes to delete completely.
u The display will return to the wallpaper list.

To go back to the previous screen, select OK, or
BACK.
When the file size is large, it takes a while to be
previewed.
To delete all wallpapers you add, select Delete All,
then Yes.

158

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

159 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound

Adjusting the Sound
1. Select Settings.
2. Select Audio.
3. Select Sound.
Select the tabs to adjust the following choices:
BASS, TREBLE, FADER, BALANCE, SVC
(Speed-sensitive Volume Compensation)

1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.

Features

159

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

160 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup

Display Setup
You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen.

■ Changing the Screen Brightness
1. Select Settings to go to the Settings
screen.
2. Select System.
3. Select the Display tab.
4. Select Display Settings.
5. Select the setting you want.
6. Select OK.
Features

■ Changing the Screen’s Color Theme
1. Select Settings to go to the Settings
screen.
2. Select System.
3. Select the Display tab.
4. Select Background Color.
5. Select the setting you want.
6. Select OK.

160

1Changing the Screen Brightness
You can change the Contrast and Black Level
settings in the same manner.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

161 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

Playing AM/FM Radio

Audio/Information Screen

PLOHV
Tune Icons
Select
or
frequency.

to tune the radio
Features

(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.

VOL (Volume)
Select to adjust the volume.
MENU
Select to display the menu items.

Open/Close Icon*1
Displays/hides the detailed
information.

BACK
Select to go back to the previous display.

Seek Icons
Select
or
to search up
and down the selected band for a
station with a strong signal.

Scan
Select to scan each station with a strong signal.

Preset Icons
Tune the radio frequency for preset memory.
Select and hold the preset icon to store that station.
Select
to display preset 7 onwards.

*1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
Continued

161

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

162 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

■ Preset Memory
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Select MENU.
3. Select Save Preset.
4. Select the preset number you want to store that station.

Features

You can also store a preset station by the following procedure.
1. Select open/close icon to display a channel list.
2. Select Preset tab.
3. Press and hold the preset number for the station you want to store until you hear
a beep.

■ Radio Data System (RDS)
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.

■ To find an RDS station from Station List
1. Select MENU while listening to an FM station.
2. Select Station List.
3. Select a station.

■ Manual update
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Select MENU while listening to an FM station.
2. Select Station List.
3. Select Refresh.

162

1Playing AM/FM Radio
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel or
select SOURCE on the list.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 152
You can also switch the mode by selecting Change
Source on the MENU screen.
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into
the preset memory.
1Radio Data System (RDS)
When you select an RDS-capable FM station, the RDS
automatically turns on, and the frequency display
changes to the station name. However, when the
signals of that station become weak, the display
changes from the station name to the frequency.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

163 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

■ Radio text
Displays the radio text information of the selected RDS station.
1. Select MENU.
2. Select View Radio Text.

■ Scan
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.
1. Select MENU.
2. Select Scan.
To turn off scan, select Cancel.

Features

163

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

164 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio *

Playing SiriusXM® Radio *

Audio/Information Screen

Features

(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.

VOL (Volume)
Select to adjust the volume.
MENU
Select to display the menu items.

BACK
Select to go back to the previous display.
Scan
Select to scan each station with a strong signal.

*1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.

164

* Not available on all models

Category Icons
Select
or
to display and
select a SiriusXM® Radio
category.

Open/Close Icon*1
Displays/hides the detailed
information.
Channel Icons
Select
or
to go to the
previous or next channel.
In channel mode, selecting and
holding a channel icon can move
channels the rapidly.
Preset Icons
Tune the radio frequency for preset memory.
Select and hold the preset icon to store that station.
Select
to display preset 7 onwards.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

165 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio *

■ To Play SiriusXM® Radio

1Playing SiriusXM® Radio *
In channel mode, all available channels are selectable.
In category mode, you can select a channel within a
category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).

1. Select SiriusXM® mode.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 152
2 Audio/Information Screen P. 155

From the Status Mode screen:
2. Select a channel using the

There may be instances when SiriusXM® Radio does
not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title).
This does not indicate a problem with your audio
system.

icon.

To select a preset station:
2. Select open/close icon to display a preset channel list.
3. Select a channel from the list.

* Not available on all models

Features

To switch between channel and category modes:
1. Select SiriusXM® mode.
2. Select MENU.
3. Select XM Tune Mode.
4. Select Channel Mode or Category Mode.

Continued

165

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

166 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio *

■ Preset Memory
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Select MENU.
3. Select Save Preset.
4. Select the preset number for the station you want to store.

Features

You can also store a preset station by the following procedure.
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Select open/close icon. The preset channel list appears.
3. Select Preset tab.
4. Press and hold the preset number for the station you want to store until you hear
a beep.

■ To Select a Channel from a List
1. Select MENU.
2. Select Channel List.
3. Select the station.

■ Scan
1. Select MENU.
2. Select Scan.
u In channel mode, all channels are sampled for a few seconds each.
u In category mode, channels within a category are sampled for a few seconds
each.
3. Select Cancel to stop scanning channels and to continue listening to the sampling
channel.

166

* Not available on all models

1Playing SiriusXM® Radio *
Switching audio mode
Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel or
select SOURCE on the list.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 152
You can also switch the mode by selecting Change
Source on the MENU screen.
You can store 12 SiriusXM® stations into the preset
memory.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

167 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

Playing a CD
Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA, or
AAC*1 format. With the CD loaded, select the CD mode.

CD Slot
Insert a CD about halfway into the CD
slot.

(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system on and off.

(CD Eject) Button
Press to eject a CD.

VOL (Volume)
Select to adjust the volume.

Track Icons
Select
or
to change tracks
(files in MP3, WMA, or AAC).
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a track.

ᵎᵏᴾᵤᶍᶊᶂᶃᶐᴾᵟᵟᵟ
ᵎᵏᴾᵤᶇᶊᶃᴾᵟᵟᵟ
ᵟᶐᶒᶇᶑᶒᴾᵟᵟᵟ

MENU
Select to display the menu items.
BACK
Select to go back to the previous display.

ᵟᶊᶀᶓᶋᴾᵟᵟᵟ

Features

Audio/Information Screen

Open/Close Icon*2
Displays/hides the detailed
information.
Folder Icons
Select
to skip to the next folder, and
to skip to the beginning of the
previous folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC.

*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
*2:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
Continued

167

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

168 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

■ How to Select a File from the Music Search List (MP3/WMA/
AAC)

1Playing a CD
NOTICE

1. Select MENU and select Music Search.

Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can
cause the CD to jam in the unit.
WMA files protected by digital rights management
(DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, then
skips to the next file.

Features

Folder Selection

2. Select a folder.

If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot,
the system reloads the CD automatically after several
seconds.

Track Selection

3. Select a track.

168

Text data appears on the display under the following
circumstances:
• When you select a new folder, file, or track.
• When you change the audio mode to CD.
• When you insert a CD.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

169 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

■ How to Select a Play Mode
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track or file.
1. Select MENU.
2. Select Scan or Random/Repeat.
3. Select a mode.

Random/Repeat is selected.

1. Select MENU.
2. Select the mode you want to turn off.

Play Mode Menu Items
Scan
Scan Folders (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides 10-second
sampling of the first file in each of the main folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of all
tracks on the CD (all files in the current folder in MP3,
WMA, or AAC).
Random/Repeat
Repeat Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all files in
the current folder.
Repeat Track: Repeats the current track/file.
Random in Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all files
in the current folder in random order.
Random All Tracks: Plays all tracks/files in random
order.

Features

■ To turn off a play mode

1How to Select a Play Mode

169

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

170 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

Playing an iPod
Connect the iPod using your dock connector to the USB port or the USB adapter
cable, then select the iPod mode.
2 USB/HDMI® Port P. 149
2 USB Adapter Cable P. 150

123456

Song AAA
Audio/Information Screen

Genre AAA
Artist AAA

Features

(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system on and off.

Song Icons
Select
or
to change songs.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a song.
ᵟᶊᶀᶓᶋᴾᵟᵟᵟ

VOL (Volume)
Select to adjust the volume.
MENU
Select to display the menu items.
BACK
Select to go back to the previous display.

*1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.

170

ᵎᵏᴾᵱᶍᶌᶅᴾᵟᵟᵟ
ᵟᶐᶒᶇᶑᶒᴾᵟᵟᵟ

ᵥᶃᶌᶐᶃᴾᵟᵟᵟ

Open/Close Icon*1
Displays/hides the detailed
information.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

171 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

■ How to Select a Song from the Music Search List

1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List

1. Select MENU and select Music Search.
2. Select the items on that menu.

Available operating functions vary on models or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 185

Folder Selection

Features

If you operate the music app on your iPhone/iPod
while the phone is connected to the display audio
system, you may no longer be able to operate the
same app on the display audio. Reconnect the device
if necessary.

Track Selection

Continued

171

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

172 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

■ How to Select a Play Mode
You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a file.
1. Select MENU.
2. Select Shuffle/Repeat.
3. Select a mode.

Features

172

■ To turn off a play mode
1. Select MENU.
2. Select the mode you want to turn off.

1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Repeat Song: Repeats the current track.
Shuffle: Plays all available albums in a selected list
(playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or
composers) in random order.
Shuffle All Songs: Plays all available files in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
or composers) in random order.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

173 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio

U.S. models

1Playing Internet Radio

Compatible phones only

Pandora®, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade
dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of
Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora
is currently available exclusively in the United States.

Playing Internet Radio
Connect a compatible phone through Bluetooth®.
2 Phone Setup P. 211
iPhone only

You can also connect the phone using your dock connector to the USB port or the
USB adapter cable.
Select Source to select Pandora mode.

To find out if your phone is compatible with this
feature, visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call
1-888-528-7876.
To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora® app
must first be installed on your phone. Visit
www.pandora.com. for more information.

Features

Audio/Information Screen

Station Up/Down Icons
Select to change a station.

(Power) Button

Skip Icon
Select to skip a song.
Play/Pause Icon
Select to resume or play a song.
Open/Close Icon*1
Displays/hides the detailed information.

VOL (Volume)
Select to adjust the volume.
MENU
Select to display the menu items.

Like/Dislike Icons
Select to evaluate a song.

BACK
Select to go back to the previous display.

*1:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
Continued

173

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

174 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio

■ Pandora® Menu

1Playing Internet Radio

You can operate some of the Pandora® menu items from your vehicle’s audio
system. The available items are:
• Bookmark
• Station List
• Change Station
• Change Source
• Sound

■ Operating a menu item
Features

1. Select MENU.
2. Select an item.

Pandora® is free, personalized radio that plays music
and comedy you’ll love. Just start with the name of
one of your favorite artists, songs, comedians or
composers and Pandora® will create a custom station
that plays similar tracks. Pandora® also features
hundreds of genre stations ranging from Dubstep to
Smooth Jazz to Power Workout.
If you cannot operate Pandora® through the audio
system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth®
Audio. Make sure Pandora® mode on your audio
system is selected.
Changing Stations
To change stations, activate the Pandora® menu,
select Station List, and then select a new station.
1Pandora® Menu
Available operating functions vary on software
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 Pandora® P. 186
Pandora® may limit the total number of skips allowed
on the service. If you dislike a track after the skip limit
has been reached, your feedback will be saved but
the current track will continue to play.

174

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

175 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3, WMA or AAC*1 format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port or the USB adapter cable, then select the USB mode.
2 USB/HDMI® Port P. 149
2 USB Adapter Cable P. 150

123

456

File AAA
1’23’’
Genre AAA
Artist AAA

Audio/Information Screen

002300 miles

VOL (Volume)
Select to adjust the volume.
MENU
Select to display the menu items.
BACK
Select to go back to the previous display.

USB Indicator
Appears when a USB flash drive is
connected.

Features

75°F
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio system on and off.

Track Icons
Select
or
to change files.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a track.
Open/Close Icon*2
Displays/hides the detailed
information.
Folder Icons
Select
to skip to the next folder,
and
to skip to the beginning of
the previous folder.

*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
*2:Some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
Continued

175

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

176 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

■ How to Select a File from the Music Search List
1. Select MENU and select Music Search.

1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 188
Files in WMA format protected by digital rights
management (DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then
skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 185

Folder Selection
Features

2. Select a folder.

Track Selection

3. Select a track.

176

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

177 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

■ How to Select a Play Mode
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file.
1. Select MENU.
2. Select Scan or Random/Repeat.
3. Select a mode.

Random/Repeat is selected.

1. Select MENU.
2. Select the mode you want to turn off.

Play Mode Menu Items
Scan
Scan Folders: Provides 10-second sampling of the
first file in each of the main folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of all files
in the current folder.
Random/Repeat
Repeat Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder.
Repeat Track: Repeats the current file.
Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current folder
in random order.
Random All Tracks: Plays all files in random order.

Features

■ To turn off a play mode

1How to Select a Play Mode

177

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

178 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio

Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 211

123456

Genre AAA
Artist AAA

Features

75°F

Only one phone can be used with HFL at a time.
When there are more than two paired phones in the
vehicle, the first paired phone the system finds is
automatically linked.

002300 miles
Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your
phone is connected
to HFL.

(Power) Button
Press to turn the
audio system on
and off.
Pause Icon
Play Icon

ᵟᶊᶀᶓᶋᴾᵟᵟᵟ

ᵎᵏᴾᵤᶇᶊᶃᴾᵟᵟᵟ
ᵟᶐᶒᶇᶑᶒᴾᵟᵟᵟ

▲

BACK
Select to go back to the
previous display.
MENU
Select to display the menu items.
VOL (Volume)
Select to adjust the volume.

178

Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible with the system.
For a list of compatible phones:
• U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call
1-888-528-7876.
• Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888528-7876.
In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data
device functions while driving.

File AAA
Audio/Information
Screen

1Playing Bluetooth® Audio

ᵮᶆᶍᶌᶃᴾᵟᵟᵟ

Open/Close Icon*1
Displays/hides the
detailed
information.

▲

Track Icons
Select
or
Group Icons
Select
or

to change tracks.
to change group.

If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there may be a delay before the system begins to
play.
In some cases, the name of the artist, album, or track
may not appear correctly.
A NO CONNECT message may be displayed if:

• The phone is not linked to HFL.
• The phone is not turned on.
• The phone is not in the vehicle.
• An incompatible phone is connected.

The following functions may not be available on
some devices:
• Pause function
• Group selection
*1: Depending on the Bluetooth® device you
connect, some or all of the lists may not be displayed.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

179 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio

■ To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
connected to the system.
2. Select the Bluetooth® Audio mode.

▲

If the phone is not recognized, another HFLcompatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be
connected.

1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker’s operating
instructions.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone.

Select the play icon or pause icon.

■ Searching for Music

1Searching for Music

1. Select MENU.
2. Select Music Search.
3. Select a search category (e.g., Albums).
4. Select an item.
u The selection begins playing.

Features

■ To pause or resume a file

Depending on the Bluetooth device you connect,
some or all of the lists may not be displayed.

179

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

180 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a Video Using the HDMI®

Playing a Video Using the HDMI®
Your audio system allows you to play videos from an HDMI®-compatible device.
Connect the device, using an HDMI® cable, then select the HDMI® mode.
2 USB/HDMI® Port P. 149

Features

Audio/Information Screen
(Power) Button
Press to turn the audio
system on and off.

VOL (Volume)
Select to adjust the volume.
MENU
Select to display the menu
items.

BACK
Select to go back to the previous display.

180

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

181 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a Video Using the HDMI®

■ Changing the Screen Aspect
1. Select Settings to go to the Settings
screen.
2. Select Audio.
3. Select Aspect Ratio Adjustment.
4. Select the setting you want.
5. Select OK.

1Playing a Video Using the HDMI®
This feature is limited while driving. To play videos,
stop your vehicle and apply the parking brake.

Features

181

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

182 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSmartphone Apps

Smartphone Apps
You can connect a compatible smartphone to the system to enable integration
between the smartphone's approved apps and the vehicle. This allows you to
control the phone through the vehicle display. To check smart phone compatibility,
download the HondaLink app, and view connection instructions, visit
handsfreelink.honda.com. For the latest apps and feature details, check
hondalink.com.

1Smartphone Apps
Park in a safe place before connecting your phone
and while operating the displayed apps.
Not all phones and apps are compatible with the
system. The system does not display all the available
apps on smartphone, and some apps need to be
preinstalled. Ask a dealer for details.
You need to switch the Bluetooth connection to your
smartphone if another electronic device is connected.
2 Changing the currently paired phone
P. 212

Features

Microphones
HOME
Select to go back to
HOME or to a previous
display.
MENU
Select to display the
menu on the app you
selected. (Not
available on all apps.)

182

BACK
Select to go back to the previous display.
(Not available on all phones.)

The following may vary by phone type:
• How to connect a smartphone to the system.
• Apps that can be operated on the screen.
• Display response time/update time.
We do not support every app operation on the
display audio.
Ask the app provider for any questions on the app’s
features.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

183 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio System Basic OperationuSiri Eyes Free

Siri Eyes Free
You can talk to Siri using the Talk button on the steering wheel when your iPhone is
paired to Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink.

1Siri Eyes Free
Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc.

2 Phone Setup P. 211
Check Apple Inc. website for features available for
Siri.

■ Using Eyes Free

When operating the vehicle, only use Siri through the
Talk button.

(Hang-up/back) button:
Press to deactivate Siri.

1Using Eyes Free

Features

Appears
when Siri is
activated in
Eyes Free

Some commands work only on specific phone
features or apps.

While in Eyes Free:
The display remains the same.
No feedback or commands
appear.
(Talk) button:
Press and hold until the display
changes as shown.

183

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

184 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Audio Error Messages
CD Player
If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages.
Error Message
Heat Error

High temperature

Unplayable File

Track/file format not
supported

Bad Disc
Please Check Owners Manual
Push Eject
Features

184

Cause

Mechanical error

Solution
●

Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until
the error message is cleared.

●

Current track/file will be skipped. The next supported track/file
plays automatically.

●

Press the (eject) button and remove the disc, and check that the
error message is cleared.
Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the
disc again.

●

Mecha Error

2 Protecting CDs P. 190
●

●

Bad Disc
Please Check Owners Manual

Servo error

Check Disc

Disc error

●

If the error message reappears, press the
button, and pull out
the disc.
Insert a different disc.
If the new disc plays, there is a problem with the first disc.
If the error message repeats, or the disc cannot be removed,
contact a dealer.
Do not try to force the disc out of the player.
Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed.
2 Protecting CDs P. 190

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

185 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod/USB Flash Drive

iPod/USB Flash Drive
If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following
error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message

Solution
Appears when there is a problem with the USB adapter unit. Check if the device is compatible with the
USB adapter unit.

The connected USB device
has a problem.
See Owner’s Manual

Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system
off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error.

Unsupported Version

Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod is connected,
update the iPod software to the newer version.

Connect Retry

Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod. Reconnect the iPod.

Unplayable File

Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are DRM or an unsupported format. This error message
appears for about 3 seconds, then plays the next song.

Features

USB Error

iPod

Appears when the iPod is empty.
USB flash drive

No Data

Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash
drive.
iPod and USB flash drive

Check that compatible files are stored on the device.
Unsupported

Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported device is
connected, reconnect the device.

Continued

185

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

186 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®

U.S. models

Pandora®
If an error occurs while playing Pandora®, you may see the following error messages.
If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message
The maximum number of stations that can be created is
100.
To create more, please delete one or more previously
created stations.

Solution

Features

●

Appears when the number of stations that can be created is
exceeded. Follow the message.

●

Appears when the commanded operation is failed. Try again later.

●

Appears when the station you selected is not available. Change a
station, or try again later.

●

Appears when you have not logged into Pandora®. Follow the
message.

●

Appears when failed to connect. Check your device and try again.

Unable to create new station. Please try again.
Unable to play Pandora. Please try again later.
Unable to save bookmark.
This Pandora station is currently not available. Please select
another station.
Unable to play Pandora. When stopped, log-in to Pandora.
Unable to connect to Pandora. When stopped, check your
mobile phone.
Unable to play Pandora. Please try again later.
Connect Retry

186

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

187 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®

Error Message

Solution
●

Appears when the device is not supported. Use another device.

Unsupported Version

●

Appears when Pandora® version is not supported. Update
Pandora® to the latest version.

●

Appears when Pandora® is unable to play music. Check the
Bluetooth status on your device.

●

Appears when no data is available with Pandora® activated.
Reboot the app and reconnect the device.

●

Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect
the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it again. Do
not reconnect the device that caused the error.

No station list on device.
Use device to create station.

●

Appears when there is no station list on the device. Create one on
your device.

No Stations stored in Pandora App

●

Appears when there is no station on app. Store some.

The maximum number of tracks that can be skipped per
hour has been reached.

●

Appears when you try to skip a song or select Dislike over the
predetermined number of times in an hour.

Pandora App version is not supported
Unable to connect to the phone.
Please make sure the phone’s Bluetooth setting is ON and
try again.
No Data
The connected USB device has a problem.
See Owner’s Manual

Features

Unsupported

187

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

188 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

General Information on the Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio Service *
■ Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID in
the display: Select Channel List.
2. Have your radio ID and credit card number ready, and either call or visit the
SiriusXM® website to subscribe.

■ Receiving SiriusXM® Radio

Features

Switch to the SiriusXM® mode by using the SOURCE button on the steering wheel,
or through the audio/information screen, and stay in this mode for about 30
minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with
good reception.

■ SiriusXM® Radio Display Messages
Loading:
SiriusXM® is loading the audio or program information.
Channel off air:
The channel is not currently broadcasting.
Channel unauthorized:
SiriusXM® radio is receiving information update from the network.
No Signal:
The signal is too weak in the current location.
Channel unavailable:
No such channel exists, the channel is not part of your subscription, or the artist or
title information is unavailable.
Check antenna:
There is a problem with the SiriusXM® antenna. Contact a dealer.

188

* Not available on all models

1Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
U.S. models

Contact Information for SiriusXM® Radio, visit
www.siriusxm.com or 1-800-852-9696

1Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
The SiriusXM® satellites are in orbit over the equator;
therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause
satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are
more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and
mountains the farther north you travel from the
equator.
You may experience reception problems under the
following circumstances:
• In a location with an obstruction to the south of
your vehicle.
• In tunnels
• On the lower level of a multi-tiered road
• Large items carried on the roof rack

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

189 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs

Recommended CDs
• Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use.
• Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed.
• Play only standard round-shaped CDs.

1Recommended CDs
A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded
under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not
play either.

The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks.

■ CDs with MP3, WMA or AAC files
Features

• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3, WMA or AAC formats may be unsupported.

Continued

189

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

190 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs

■ Protecting CDs
Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs:
• Store a CD in its case when it is not being played.
• When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge.
• Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface.
• Never insert foreign objects into the CD player.
• Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat.
• Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD.
• Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD.

1Protecting CDs
NOTICE

Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside
and damage the audio unit.
Examples:
●

Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and
excessively thick CDs

Bubbled/
Wrinkled

Features

●

Using
Printer Label
Kit

Sealed
With Plastic Ring
● Poor quality
Damaged CDs
CDs

Chipped/
Cracked
Small CDs

3-inch
(8-cm)
CD

190

With Label/
Sticker

Warped

Burrs

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

191 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod and USB Flash Drives

Compatible iPod and USB Flash Drives
■ iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
Model
iPod (5th generation)
iPod classic 80GB/160GB (launch in 2007)
iPod classic 120GB (launch in 2008)
iPod classic 160GB (launch in 2009)
iPod nano
iPod touch
iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4S/iPhone 5

•
•
•
•
•

Use a recommended USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher.
Some digital audio players may not be compatible.
Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work.
Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.

This system may not work with all software versions
of these devices.

1USB Flash Drives
Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored
order. This order may be different from the order
displayed on your PC or device.

Features

■ USB Flash Drives

1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility

191

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

192 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Customized Features
Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features.

When you customize setting, make sure that the
vehicle is at a complete stop and shift to (P .

■ How to customize
While the vehicle is at a complete stop with the power mode in ON, select Settings,
then select a setting item.

Features
Audio/Information Screen

192

1Customized Features

To customize other features, select Settings.
2 List of customizable options P. 196

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

193 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuCustomized Featuresu

■ Customization flow
Select Settings.

System

Home
Display

Home Screen Edit Order
Display Settings
Brightness
Contrast
Black Level
Background Color

Sound/Beep

Volume
Beep Volume

Voice Recog.

Others

Features

Clock

Voice Prompt
Volume
Phonebook Phonetic Modification
Automatic Phone Sync
Clock/Wallpaper Type
Clock
Wallpaper
Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Clock Display
Clock Location
Clock Reset *
Language
Keyboard Layout
Voice Command Tips
Remember Last Screen
Factory Data Reset

Default

* Not available on all models

Continued

193

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

194 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Audio

Sound
Audio Source Pop-up
[Your selected media] Cover Art*1
Display Adjustment*1

Display

Brightness
Contrast
Black Level

Color

Color
Tint

Aspect Ratio Adjustment

Features

Change Bluetooth Audio Device*1
Bluetooth Device List*1
Default
Clock/Info

Clock/Wallpaper Type

Clock

Clock
Wallpaper

Clock Adjustment
Clock Format
Clock Display
Clock Location
Clock Reset *
Other

Info Screen Preference

Default
*1: May change depending on your currently selected source.

194

* Not available on all models

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

195 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Phone

Text/Email

Connect Phone
Bluetooth Device List
Edit Speed Dial
Ring Tone
Automatic Phone Sync
HondaLink Assist
Enable Text/Email
Select Account
New Message Notification

Default
Rear Camera

LaneWatch

Bluetooth

Fixed Guideline
Dynamic Guideline
Default
Show with Turn Signal
Display Time after Turn Signal Off
Reference Line
Default

Features

Camera

Bluetooth On/Off Status
Bluetooth Device List
Edit Pairing Code
Default

Continued

195

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

196 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuCustomized Featuresu

■ List of customizable options
Setup
Group

Customizable Features
Home

Home Screen Edit Order

Display
Settings

Description

Selectable Settings

Changes the HOME screen icon layout.

—

Brightness

Changes the brightness of the audio/information
screen.

—

Contrast

Changes the contrast of the audio/information
screen.

—

Black
Level

Changes the black level of the audio/information
screen.

—

Display
Features

Background Color

Changes the background color of the audio/
information screen.

Blue*1/Amber/Red/
Violet

Volume

Changes the sound volume.

0 ~ 6*1 ~ 11

Beep Volume

Changes the beep volume.

Off*1/1/2/3

Voice Prompt

Turns the voice prompt on and off.

On*1/Off

Volume

Changes the volume of the voice prompt.

0 ~ 6*1 ~ 11

Phonebook Phonetic
Modification

Modifies a voice command for the phonebook.

Automatic Phone Sync

Sets a phonebook data to be automatically
imported when a phone is paired to HFL.

System
Sound/Beep

Voice Recog.

*1:Default Setting

196

—
On/Off

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

197 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Group

Customizable Features
Clock
Clock/
Wallpaper
Type

Description
Changes the clock display type.
●

Wallpaper

●
●

Changes the wallpaper type.
Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.
Deletes an image file for a wallpaper.

Selectable Settings
Analog/Digital*1/
Small Digital/Off
Blank/Galaxy*1/
Metallic

2 Wallpaper Setup P. 157

Adjusts the clock.
Clock Adjustment
Clock

—

2 Using the Settings menu on the audio/
information screen P. 102

Features

System

Clock Format

Selects the digital clock display from 12H to 24H.

12H*1/24H

Clock Display

Selects whether the clock display comes on.

On/Off*1

Clock Location

Changes the clock display layout.

Right upper*1/Left
upper/Right lower/
Left lower/Off

Clock Reset *

Cancels/Resets all customized items for clock
display as default.

Yes/No

*1:Default Setting

* Not available on all models

Continued

197

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

198 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Group

Customizable Features

Others

Description

Language

Changes the display language.

English*1/French/
Spanish

Keyboard Layout

Selects the on-screen keyboard type.

Alphabet/QWERTY*1

Voice Command Tips

Alerts you when manual control of the system is
disabled to prevent distraction while driving. Only
voice commands are available.

On*1/Off

Remember Last Screen

Selects whether the device remembers the last
screen.

On/Off*1

System
Features

Factory Data Reset
Default

Sound

Resets all the settings to their factory default.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 204

Cancels /Resets all customized items in the System
group as default.

Adjusts the settings of the audio speaker’s sound.
2 Adjusting the Sound P. 159

Audio

Audio Source Pop-up
*1:Default Setting

198

Selectable Settings

Selects whether the list of selectable audio sources
comes on when Audio is selected on the HOME
screen.

Yes/No
Yes/No
-6 ~ 0*1 ~ +6 (BASS
and TREBLE), RR9 ~
0*1 ~ FR9 (FADER), L9
~ 0*1 ~ R9 (BALANCE),
Off/Low/Mid*1/High
(SVC)
On/Off*1

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

199 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Group

Customizable Features
iPod or USB mode

[Your selected media] Cover Art

Description
Turns on and off the cover art display.

Selectable Settings
On*1/Off

Brightness
HDMI® mode

Display

Contrast

See System on P. 196

Black
Level

Display
Adjustment

Changes the color of the audio/information screen.

—

Tint

Changes the tint of the audio/information screen.

—

Features

Color
Color
Audio
HDMI® mode

Aspect Ratio Adjustment
Bluetooth® Audio mode

Change Bluetooth Audio Device
Bluetooth® Audio mode

Bluetooth Device List
Default

Changes the aspect ratio and zoom settings of the
audio/information screen.

Normal/Full*1/Zoom

Connects, disconnects or pairs a Bluetooth® Audio
device to HFL.

—

Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a paired
phone.

—

2 Phone Setup P. 211

Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Audio
group as default.

Yes/No

*1:Default Setting

Continued

199

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

200 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Group

Customizable Features
Clock/
Wallpaper
type

Description

Selectable Settings

Clock
Wallpaper

Clock Adjustment
Clock

See System on P. 197

Clock Display

Clock/
Info
Features

Clock Location
Clock Reset *
Other
Default

*1:Default Setting

200

Clock Format

* Not available on all models

Info Screen Preference

Changes the Info Screen type.

Info Top/Info Menu/
Off*1

Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Info
group as default.

Yes/No

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

201 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Group

Customizable Features

Connect Phone

Description

Selectable Settings

Pairs a new phone to HFL, connects or disconnects
a paired phone.

—

2 Phone Setup P. 211

Bluetooth Device List

Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a paired
phone.

—

2 Phone Setup P. 211

Phone

—

2 Speed Dial P. 218

Ring Tone

Selects the ring tone.

Fixed/Mobile Phone*1

Automatic Phone Sync

Sets a phonebook data to be automatically
imported when a phone is paired to HFL.

On/Off

HondaLink Assist

Turns HondaLink Assist on and off.

On/Off*1

Enable Text/Email

Turns the text message/e-mail function on and off.

On*1/Off

Select Account

Selects a mail or text message account.

New Message
Notification

Selects whether a pop-up alert comes on the
screen when HFL receives a new text message/email.

On/Off*1

Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Phone
and Text/Email groups as default.

Yes/No

Text/Email

Default

Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry.

Features

Phone

Edit Speed Dial

—

*1:Default Setting
Continued

201

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

202 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Group

Customizable Features

Rear Camera

Features

Camera

LaneWatch

*1:Default Setting

202

Description

Selectable Settings

Fixed Guideline

Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on the
rear camera monitor.

On*1/Off

Dynamic Guideline

Selects whether the dynamic guidelines come on
the rear camera monitor.

On*1/Off

Default

Cancels/Resets all customized items in the Rear
Camera group as default.

Yes/No

Show with Turn Signal

Selects whether the LaneWatch display comes on
when you move the turn signal lever to the
passenger side.

On*1/Off

Display Time after Turn
Signal Off

Changes the length of time the LaneWatch display
stays on after you pull the turn signal lever back.

0 second*1/2 seconds

Reference Lines

Selects whether the reference lines come on the
LaneWatch monitor.

On*1/Off

Default

Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
LaneWatch group as default.

Yes/No

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

203 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuCustomized Featuresu

Setup
Group

Customizable Features
Bluetooth On/Off
Status
Bluetooth Device List

Changes the Bluetooth® status.

Selectable Settings
On*1/Off

Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits or deletes a paired
phone, or creates a security PIN.

—

2 Phone Setup P. 211

Bluetooth
Edit Pairing Code

Edits Pairing Code.
2 To change the pairing code setting P. 212

Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Bluetooth group as default.

Random/Fixed*1
Yes/No

Features

Default
*1:Default Setting

Description

203

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

204 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings

Defaulting All the Settings
Reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults.
1. Select Settings.
2. Select System.
3. Select Others tab, then the Factory Data
Reset.
u The confirmation message will appear.
4. Select Yes to reset the settings.
5. Select Yes again to reset the settings.
u The confirmation message will appear.
Select OK.

Features

204

1Defaulting All the Settings
When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset
all settings to default and delete all personal data.
The following settings will be reset:
• Audio preset settings
• Phonebook entries
• Other display and personal settings.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

205 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Models with navigation system

1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using
your vehicle’s navigation system, without handling your cell phone.
Models without navigation system

Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using
your vehicle’s audio system, without handling your cell phone.

Using HFL

To use the system, the Bluetooth On/Off Status
setting must be On.
2 Customized Features P. 192

■ HFL Buttons
Button
SOURCE Button

Microphones

Voice control tips
• Press and release the
button when you want to
call a number using a stored voice tag. Speak
clearly and naturally after a beep.
• If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
• To change the volume level, select the audio
system’s VOL (Volume) or use the remote audio
controls on the steering wheel.

Button

MENU Button
Volume down

Features

Volume up

To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
• U.S.: Visit www.handsfreelink.honda.com, or call
1-888-528-7876.
• Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888528-7876.

Up to 6 speed dial entries can be display among a
total of 20 that can be entered. If there is no entries
in the system, Speed Dial is disabled.
2 Speed Dial P. 218

Pick-up Button
Hang-up/Back Button
Talk Button

If you receive a call while using the audio system, the
system resumes its operation after ending the call.

Continued

205

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

206 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL

(Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen, or to answer an
incoming call.
(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call, go back to the previous
command, or cancel a command.
(Talk) button: Press to call a number with a stored voice tag.
MENU button: Press and hold to display Speed Dial, Call History, or Redial on
the Phone screen.

Features

button: Press to select an item displayed on the Phone screen.
SOURCE button: Press to call a number listed in the selected item on the Phone
screen.
To go to the Phone menu screen:
1. Select Phone to switch the display to the Phone screen.
2. Select MENU.

■ HFL Status Display
Unread Message
Icon
Roam Status

Caller’s Name
Caller’s Number
Bluetooth Indicator
Comes on when your phone
is connected to HFL.

206

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those
of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
is ended.

1HFL Status Display

The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call.

HFL Mode

1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®

Signal Strength

Battery Level
Status

The information that appears on the audio/
information screen varies between phone models.
You can change the system language to English,
French or Spanish.
2 Customized Features P. 192

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

207 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

HFL Menus
The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use the system.

1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetoothcompatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
is parked.

■ Phone settings screen
1. Select Settings.
2. Select Phone.

Some functions are limited while driving. A message
appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving
and the operation is canceled.

Phone
Add Bluetooth Device
(Existing entry list)
Disconnect
Bluetooth
Device List

(Existing entry list)*1

Add Bluetooth Device

Pair a phone to the system.

Features

Connect
Phone*1

Connect a phone to the system.
Disconnect a paired phone from the system.
Edit Device Name

Edit a previously paired phone name.

Delete This Device

Delete a previously paired phone.

Pair a phone to the system.

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to the system.
Continued

207

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

208 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Edit Speed
Dial*1

Manual Input

New Entry

Enter a phone number to store as a
speed dial number.

Import from Call History

Select a phone number from the call
history to store as a speed dial number.

Import from Phonebook

Select a phone number from the
phonebook to store as a speed dial
number.
Edit a previously stored speed dial
number.

(Existing entry list)

Edit

●
●

Features

●

Change a name.
Change a number.
Create or delete a voice tag.

Delete

Delete All
Ring Tone
Automatic
Phone Sync*1
HondaLink
Assist*1
Text/Email

Delete a previously stored speed dial
number.
Delete all of the previously stored speed dial number.

Select the ring tone.
Set phonebook data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to HFL.
Turn HondaLink Assist on and off.
Enable Text/Email
Select Account
New Message Notification

Turn the text/e-mail message function on and off.
Select a mail or text message account.
Select whether a pop-up alert comes on the screen when HFL
receives a new text/e-mail message.

Cancel/Reset all customized items in the Phone and Text/Email groups as default.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to the system.
Default

208

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

209 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Phone menu screen
1. Select Phone.
2. Select MENU.

Speed Dial*1

New Entry

Manual Input

Import from Phonebook

Dial the selected number in the speed dial list.

(Existing entry list)
Phonebook*1
Redial

Select a phone number from the phonebook
to store as a speed dial number.

Features

Import from Call History

Enter a phone number to store as a speed
dial number.
Select a phone number from the call history to
store as a speed dial number.

Display the paired phone’s phonebook.
Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history.

Dial*1

Enter a phone number to dial.

Call History

All

Display the last 20 outgoing, incoming and missed calls.

Dialed

Display the last 20 outgoing calls.

Received

Display the last 20 incoming calls.

Missed

Display the last 20 missed calls.

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to the system.
Continued

209

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

210 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Text/Email*1

Select Account

Select a mail or text message account.

Select a message.
Message is read
aloud.

Read/Stop
Previous

Features

210

See the next message.

Reply to a received message using one of six
fixed phrases.

Call

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to the system.

System reads received message aloud, or stop
message from being read.
See the previous message.

Make a call to the sender.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

211 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Phone Setup

1Phone Setup

■ To pair a mobile phone (when there is

Continued

Phone Pairing Tips:
• You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
• Up to six phones can be paired.
• Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is
paired to the system.
• If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system, the system will return to the
previous screen.

Features

no phone paired to the system)
1. Select Phone.
2. Select Yes.
3. Make sure your phone is search or
discoverable mode, then select Continue.
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth device.
4. Select your phone when it appears on the
list.
u If your phone does not appear, you can
select Refresh to search again.
u If your phone still does not appear, select
Phone not found and search for
Bluetooth devices using your phone.
From your phone, search for
HandsFreeLink.
5. The system gives you a pairing code on the
audio/information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.

Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
the system before you can make and receive handsfree calls.

211

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

212 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Changing the currently paired phone
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 207

2. Select Connect Phone.
3. Select a phone to connect.
u HFL disconnects the current phone and
starts searching for another paired
phone.

■ To change the pairing code setting

Features

212

1. Select Settings.
2. Select Bluetooth.
3. Select Edit Pairing Code.
4. Select Fixed or Random.

1Changing the currently paired phone
If no other phones are found or paired when trying to
switch to another phone, HFL will inform you that the
original phone is reconnected again.
To pair other phones, select Add Bluetooth Device
from the Connect Phone screen.

1To change the pairing code setting
The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the
setting.
To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the
current code, then enter a new one.
For a randomly generated pairing code each time you
pair a phone, select Random.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

213 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To edit an already-paired phone name
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 207

2. Select Phone tab, then Bluetooth Device
List.
3. Select a paired phone you want to edit.
4. Select Edit Device Name.
5. Edit the name and select OK.
6. A notification appears if the change is
successful.

Features

Continued

213

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

214 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To delete a paired phone
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 207

2. Select Phone tab, then Bluetooth Device
List.
3. Select a phone you want to delete.
4. Select Delete This Device.
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Yes.
6. A notification appears if the deletion is
successful.
Features

214

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

215 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Options
■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail
function
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 207

2. Select Text/Email tab, then Enable Text/
Email.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select On or Off.

1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 207

2. Select Text/Email tab, then New
Message Notification.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select On or Off.

Continued

1To turn on or off the text/e-mail notice
On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you
receive a new message.
Off: The message you receive is stored in the system
without notification.

Features

■ To turn on or off the text/e-mail notice

215

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

216 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Ring Tone

1Ring Tone

You can change the ring tone setting.
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 207

2. Select Phone tab, then Ring Tone.
3. Select Fixed or Mobile Phone.

Features

216

Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speaker.
Mobile Phone: The ring tone stored in the
connected cell phone is heard through the vehicle
speakers.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

217 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
■ When Automatic Phone Sync is set to
On:
When your phone is paired, the contents of its
phonebook and call history are automatically
imported to the system.

1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a person from the list in the cellular
phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.
The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored
for that name.
Fax

Home

Car

Mobile

Other

■ Changing the Automatic Phone Sync

Work

Voice

setting
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.

Pager

2 Phone settings screen P. 207

2. Select Phone tab, then Automatic Phone
Sync.
3. Select On or Off.

Continued

On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to the system.

Features

Pref

The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.

217

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

218 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Speed Dial

1Speed Dial

Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.
To store a speed dial number:
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 209

Features

218

2. Select Speed Dial.
u Repeat the procedure to select New
Entry.
3. Select a place to choose a number.
From Import from Call History:
u Select a number from the call history.
From Manual Input:
u Input the number manually.
From Import from Phonebook:
u Select a number from the linked cell
phone’s imported phonebook.
4. When the speed dial is successfully stored
from Import from Call History or Import
from Phonebook, you are asked to create
a voice tag for the number. Select Yes or
No.
5. Select Record to store a voice tag for the
speed dial entry.

When a voice tag is stored, press the
button to
call the number using the voice tag. Say the voice tag
name.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

219 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To add a voice tag to a stored speed
dial number
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 207

2. Select Phone tab, then Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, select Edit.
4. Select Voice Tag.
u From the pop-up menu, select Record.
5. Select Record to store the voice tag.

1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tags.
Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.
It is easier for the system to recognize a longer name.
For example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”

Features

■ To delete a voice tag
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 207

2. Select Phone tab, then Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, select Edit.
4. Select Voice Tag.
u From the pop-up menu, select Clear.
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Yes.

Continued

219

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

220 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To delete a speed dial
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 207

2. Select Phone tab, then Edit Speed Dial.
3. Select an existing speed dial entry.
u From the pop-up menu, select Delete.
4. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Yes.

■ Making a Call

1Making a Call

Features

You can make calls by inputting any phone
number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or
redial.

Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
voice from most screens.
Press the
button and say the voice tag name.
The maximum range between your phone and
vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.

220

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

221 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To make a call using the imported
phonebook
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 209

2. Select Phonebook.
3. Select a name.
u You can also search by letter. Select
Search.
u Use the keyboard on the touch screen for
entering letters.
4. Select a number.
u Dialing starts automatically.

1To make a call using the imported phonebook
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
dial number using voice commands.
2 Speed Dial P. 218

Features

■ To make a call using a phone number
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.

1To make a call using a phone number
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
dial number using voice commands.
2 Speed Dial P. 218

2 Phone menu screen P. 209

2. Select Dial.
3. Select a number.
4. Select
.
u Dialing starts automatically.

Continued

221

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

222 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ To make a call using redial
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 209

1To make a call using redial
Press and hold the
button to redial the last
number dialed in your phone’s history.

2. Select Redial.
u Dialing starts automatically.

■ To make a call using the Call History
Features

Call history is stored by All, Dialed,
Received, and Missed.
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 209

1To make a call using the Call History
The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or
missed calls.
(Appears only when a phone is connected to the
system.)

2. Select Call History.
3. Select All, Dialed, Received, or Missed.
4. Select a number.
u Dialing starts automatically.

■ To make a call using a Speed Dial entry
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 209

2. Select Speed Dial.
3. Select a number.
u Dialing starts automatically.

222

1To make a call using a Speed Dial entry
When a voice tag is stored, press the
call the number using the voice tag.
2 Speed Dial P. 218

button to

Any voice-tagged speed dial entry can be dialed by
voice from any screen.
Press the
button and follow the prompts.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

223 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Receiving a Call

1Receiving a Call

When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds (if activated) and the
Incoming call screen appears.
Press the
Press the

button to answer the call.
button to decline or end the call.

Call Waiting
Press the
button to put the current call on hold to
answer the incoming call.
Press the
button again to return to the current
call.
Select Ignore to ignore the incoming call if you do
not want to answer it.
Press the
button if you want to hang up the
current call.
You can select the icons on the touch screen instead
of the
and
buttons.
1Options During a Call

The available options appear on the screen during a call.
Mute: Mute your voice.
u The mute icon appears when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
Transfer: Transfer a call from the system to
your phone.
Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call.
This is useful when you call a menu-driven
phone system.

Touch Tones: Available on some phones.

Features

■ Options During a Call

You can select the icons on the touch screen.

ᵁᵁᵁᵁᵁᵁᵁᵁ

Mute Icon

Continued

223

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

224 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Receiving a Text/E-mail Message

Features

224

HFL can display newly received text/e-mail messages as well as 20 of the most
recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be
read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new
text or e-mail message.
2. Select Read to listen to the message.
u The text or e-mail message is displayed.
The system automatically starts reading
out the message.
3. To discontinue the message read-out, select
Stop.

1Receiving a Text/E-mail Message
The system does not display any received messages
while you are driving. You can only hear them read
aloud.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to
20 most recent text/e-mail messages.
State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text/
e-mail message feature. Only use the text/e-mail
message feature when conditions allow you to do so
safely.
When you receive a text or e-mail message for the
first time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are
asked to turn the New Message Notification
setting to On.
2 To turn on or off the text/e-mail notice
P. 215

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

225 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Selecting a Mail Account

1Selecting a Mail Account

If a paired phone has text message or e-mail accounts, you can select one of them
to be active and receive notifications.
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.

You can also select an e-mail account from the folder
list screen or the message list screen.

2 Phone settings screen P. 207

2. Select Text/Email tab, then Select
Account.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select Text Message or an e-mail account
you want.
Features

You can only receive notifications from one text
message or e-mail account at a time.

Continued

225

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

226 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Displaying Messages
Message List

1Displaying Messages

■ Displaying text messages

The

1. Go to the Phone menu screen.

If you delete a message on the phone, the message is
also deleted in the system. If you send a message
from the system, the message goes to your phone’s
outbox.

2 Phone menu screen P. 209

2. Select Text/Email.
u Select account if necessary.
3. Select a message.
u The text message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
Features

226

Text Message

icon appears next to an unread message.

To see the previous or next message, select Previous
or Next on the message screen.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

227 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

Folder List

■ Displaying e-mails
1. Go to the Phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 209

2. Select Text/Email.
u Select account if necessary.
3. Select a folder.
4. Select a message.
u The e-mail message is displayed. The
system automatically starts reading the
message aloud.
Message List
Features

E-mail Message

Continued

227

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

228 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Read or stop reading a message
1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying Messages P. 226

2. Select Stop to stop reading.
Select Read to start reading the message
from the beginning.

■ Reply to a message
Features

1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen.
u The system automatically starts reading
the message aloud.
2 Displaying Messages P. 226

2. Select Reply.
3. Select the reply message.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select Send to send the message.
u Complete appears on the screen when
the reply message was successfully sent.

228

1Reply to a message
The available fixed reply messages are as follows:
• Talk to you later, I’m driving.
• I’m on my way.
• I’m running late.
• OK
• Yes
• No
You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

229 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ Making a call to a sender
1. Go to the text message screen.
2. Select Call.

Features

Continued

229

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

230 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus

■ In Case of Emergency

1In Case of Emergency

■ Automatic collision notification
If your vehicle’s airbags deploy or if the unit
detects that the vehicle is severely impacted,
your vehicle automatically will attempt to
connect to the HondaLink operator. Once
connected, information about your vehicle, its
positioning, and its condition will be sent to
the operator; you also can speak to the
operator when connected.
Features

IMPORTANT: For vehicles equipped with HondaLink Assist, owner activation
constitutes authorization for Honda to collect information from your vehicle needed
to provide the service, and agreement to the Terms of Use at www.hondalink.com/
TermsAndConditions. In a crash, HondaLink Assist will attempt to notify emergency
services but NEITHER HONDA NOR ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS GUARANTEE THAT
SUCH NOTIFICATION WILL OCCUR.

Your vehicle may not be able to connect to the
operator if the battery level is low, the line is
disconnected or you do not have adequate cellular
coverage.
You cannot use emergency services when:
• You travel outside the HondaLink service coverage
areas.
• There is a problem with the connecting devices,
such as the microphones, speakers, or the unit
itself.
You cannot operate other navigation- or phonerelated functions using the screens while talking to
the operator.
1Automatic collision notification
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it
repeatedly tries until it succeeds.

■ To enable notification
1. Go to the Phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 207

2. Select Phone tab, then HondaLink Assist.
u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.
3. Select On or Off.

230

1To enable notification
Setting options:
• On: Notification is available.
• Off: Disable the feature.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

231 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Driving
This chapter discusses driving, refueling, and information on items such as accessories.

Before Driving
Driving Preparation .......................... 232
Maximum Load Limit........................ 235
Towing a Trailer
Towing Your Vehicle ........................ 237
When Driving
Starting the Engine .......................... 238
Precautions While Driving................. 241
Continuously Variable Transmission.. 242
Shifting ............................................ 243
ECON Button ................................... 245
Auto Idle Stop.................................. 246

* Not available on all models

Cruise Control ................................. 249
Forward Collision Warning (FCW) * .. 252
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) * ..... 256
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System ............. 259

LaneWatchTM .............................................. 261
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)... 263
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Required Federal Explanation ......... 265
Braking
Brake System ................................... 267
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........... 269

Brake Assist System ......................... 270
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped ................................ 271
Rearview Camera ............................. 272
Refueling
Fuel Information .............................. 273
How to Refuel ................................. 274
Fuel Economy
Improving Fuel Economy.................. 276
Accessories and Modifications
Accessories ...................................... 277
Modifications................................... 277

231

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

232 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Before Driving
Driving Preparation
Check the following items before you start driving.

■ Exterior Checks
• Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior
lights, or other parts of the vehicle.
u Remove any frost, snow, or ice.
u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of
vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened.
u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel
or wheel components.
• Make sure the hood is securely closed.
u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.
• Make sure the tires are in good condition.
u Check air pressure, check for damage and excessive wear.
Driving

232

2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 308

• Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle.
u There are blind spots from the inside.

1Exterior Checks
NOTICE

When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around
the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force
them open, as this can damage the rubber trim
around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid
further freezing.
Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder.
You will be unable to insert the key if the water
freezes in the hole.
Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite
flammable materials left under the hood, causing a
fire. If you’ve parked your vehicle for an extended
period, inspect and remove any debris that may have
collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have
fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a
small animal.
Also check under the hood for leftover flammable
materials after you or someone else has performed
maintenance on your vehicle.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

233 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation

■ Interior Checks

1Interior Checks

• Store or secure all items on board properly.
u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle’s
handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe.

The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the trunk have the aiming readjusted
at a dealer or by a qualified technician.

2 Maximum Load Limit P. 235

2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 110

• Adjust your seating position properly.
u Adjust the head restraint, too.

Driving

• Do not pile items higher than the seat height.
u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden
braking.
• Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor
mat.
u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator
pedal operation while driving.
• If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle.
u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.
• Securely close and lock all doors and the trunk.

2 Adjusting the Seats P. 134
2 Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 136

• Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving.
u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 132
2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 131

Continued

233

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

234 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation

• Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the
seats.
u They can interfere with the driver’s ability to operate the pedals, the operation
of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats.
• Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 35

• Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the
vehicle, and go off soon after.
u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.
2 Indicators P. 68

Driving

234

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

235 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit

Maximum Load Limit
The maximum load for your vehicle is 850 lbs (385 kg).
See Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver’s doorjamb.

1Maximum Load Limit

3 WARNING
Overloading or improper loading
can affect handling and stability
and cause a crash in which you
can be hurt or killed.

Label Example

Follow all load limits and other
loading guidelines in this manual.
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, all accessories, and all cargo.
2 Specifications P. 358

(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your
vehicle’s placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers
that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load
capacity is 650 lbs.
(1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.
2 Specifications P. 358

Continued

Driving

This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and
accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit -

235

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

236 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit

(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the
available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.
In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants,
accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb.
Load Limits Example
Driving

Example1

Max Load
850 lbs
(385 kg)

Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs
(68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)

Cargo Weight
550 lbs
(249 kg)

Max Load
850 lbs
(385 kg)

Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs
(68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)

Cargo Weight
100 lbs
(45 kg)

Example2

236

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

237 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Towing a Trailer
Your vehicle is not designed to tow a trailer. Attempting to do so can void your
warranties.

Towing Your Vehicle
Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs
to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.
2 Emergency Towing P. 356

Driving

237

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

238 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

When Driving
Starting the Engine
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.

1Starting the Engine
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
starting the engine.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in
thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400
meters).

Brake Pedal

2. Check that the shift lever is in (P , then
depress the brake pedal.
u Although it is possible to start the vehicle
in (N , it is safer to start it in (P .

When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all
electrical accessories such as the lights, climate
control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce
battery drain.

Driving

If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold,
an engine block heater will improve starting and
warming of the engine. If temperatures consistently
below -22°F (-30°C) are expected, the coolant
mixture should be changed to a higher concentration
to prevent freezing. Consult a dealer for details.
If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can
smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with
the engine or exhaust system.
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
theft. If an improperly coded device is used, the
engine’s fuel system is disabled.
2 Immobilizer System P. 117

238

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

239 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine

3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button
without depressing the accelerator pedal.

1Starting the Engine
Bring the smart entry remote close to the ENGINE
START/STOP button if the battery in the smart entry
remote is weak.
2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
P. 342
The engine may not start if the smart entry remote is
subjected to strong radio waves.

■ Starting to Drive
1. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, release the parking brake. Check that
the parking brake indicator has gone off.

Do not hold the ENGINE START/STOP button to
start the engine.
If the engine does not start, wait at least 10 seconds
before trying again.

2 Parking Brake P. 267

Continued

Driving

2. Put the shift lever in (D . Select (R when reversing.
3. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to pull
away.

239

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

240 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine

■ Creep aid system
With the shift lever in (D , this feature applies brake pressure briefly as you release
the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly.

■ Hill start assist system
Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from
rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.
Move the shift lever to (D or (L when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill,
then release the brake pedal.

Driving

240

1Hill start assist system
Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from
rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and
does not operate on small inclines.
Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking
brake.
Hill start assist will still operate even when VSA® is
switched off.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

241 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving

Precautions While Driving
■ In Rain
Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine or
driveline, or cause electrical component failure.

■ Other Precautions
If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location.
Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.

1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE

Do not operate the shift lever while pressing the
accelerator pedal. You could damage the
transmission.
NOTICE

If the power mode is set to ACCESSORY while
driving, the engine will shut down and all steering
and brake power assist functions will stop, making it
difficult to control the vehicle.

Driving

If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an
extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel on
the full left or right position for a while, the electric
power steering (EPS) system heats up. The system
goes into a protective mode, and limits its
performance. The steering wheel becomes harder
and harder to operate. Once the system cools down,
the EPS system is restored.
Repeated operation under these conditions can
eventually damage the system.

Do not put the shift lever in (N , as you will lose
engine braking (and acceleration) performance.
During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation,
avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so
as not to damage the engine or powertrain.

241

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

242 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWhen DrivinguContinuously Variable Transmission

Continuously Variable Transmission
■ Creeping
The engine runs at a higher idle speed and creeping increases.
Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.

■ Kickdown
Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the
transmission to drop to a lower ratio, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed.
Depress the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.

Driving

242

1Precautions While Driving
Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km).
You should also follow this when the brake pads are
replaced.
NOTICE

Following can damage the under spoiler:
• Parking the vehicle by a parking block
• Parallel parking along the road shoulder
• Driving towards the bottom of a hill
• Driving up or down to a different surface level
(such as a road shoulder)
• Driving on a rutted or bumpy road
• Driving on a road with potholes

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

243 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

Shifting
Change the shift position in accordance with your driving needs.

1Shifting
You cannot change the power mode from ON to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) unless the shift lever is in (P .

■ Shift lever positions
Release Button

Park
Used when parking or starting the
engine

The vehicle may move forward very slightly even in
(N while the engine is cold.
Depress the brake pedal firmly and, when necessary,
apply the parking brake.

Reverse
Used when reversing
Neutral
Used when idling

Drive (S)
● Used for better acceleration
● Used to increase engine braking
● Used when going up or down hills

Driving

Drive
Used for normal driving

Low
Used to further increase engine
braking
● Used when going up or down hills
● Used when IMA battery is low
●

Continued

243

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

244 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

■ Shift Lever Operation

1Shift Lever Operation
NOTICE

When you change the shift lever from (D to (R and
vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the
brake pedal depressed.
Operating the shift lever before the vehicle has come
to a complete standstill can damage the transmission.
Shift Lever Position Indicator
Use the shift lever position indicator to check the
lever position before pulling away.
Tachometer’s red zone

Driving

Depress the brake pedal and
press the shift lever release
button to shift.
Shift without pressing the shift lever
release button.
Press the shift lever release button
and shift.

244

Whichever position the shift lever is in when driving,
a blinking (D indicator indicates a transmission
problem.
Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine
speeds in or over the tachometer’s red zone (engine
speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a
slight jolt.
It may not be possible to operate the shift lever if the
brake pedal is applied while the shift lever release
button is held down.
Depress the brake pedal first.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

245 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWhen DrivinguECON Button

ECON Button

The ECON button turns the ECON mode on and off.
The ECON mode helps you improve your fuel economy by adjusting the
performance of the engine, transmission, climate control system, and cruise control.

Driving

245

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

246 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop

Auto Idle Stop
To help maximize fuel economy, Auto Idle Stop shuts off the engine when the
vehicle comes to a stop, depending on environmental and vehicle operating
conditions. The AUTO STOP indicator blinks at this time.
The engine then restarts once the vehicle is
about to move again, and the indicator goes
off.

AUTO STOP
Indicator

Driving

246

If the driver’s door is opened while the
indicator is blinking, a buzzer sounds to notify
you that the Auto Idle Stop function is in
operation.

1Auto Idle Stop
The duration of the Auto Idle Stop operation:
• Increases in the ECON mode, compared to when
the ECON mode is off, with climate control in use.
• Decreases if you operate the wiper and climate
control simultaneously.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

247 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop

■ Auto Idle Stop Activates When:

1Auto Idle Stop Activates When:
The Auto Idle Stop may also activate when the brake
pedal is depressed, and the vehicle slows down to a
speed below 6 mph (10 km/h).

The vehicle stops with the shift lever in (D and the brake pedal depressed.

■ Auto idle stop does not activate when:
• The low temperature indicator is on.
• The IMA battery charge is low.
• The bars of the electric motor power flow monitor do not move when
accelerating or decelerating.
• The transmission fluid temperature is low.
• The vehicle comes to a stop again before the vehicle speed reaches 9 mph (15
km/h) after the engine starts.
• Stopped on a steep incline.
• The shift lever is in a position other than (D or (N .

• Certain ambient conditions (strong sunlight, high or low temperatures, etc.) can
prevent Auto Idle Stop from activating, even if the set temperature and the actual
interior temperature are around the same.
• The vehicle is stopped by braking suddenly.

Continued

Driving

■ Auto idle stop may not activate when:

247

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

248 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop

■ The Engine Automatically Restarts When:
The brake pedal is released.

■ The engine restarts even if the brake pedal is depressed when:
• The shift position is changed to (R or (L .
• The accelerator pedal is depressed.
• The pressure to the brake pedal is reduced and the vehicle starts moving while
stopped on an incline.
• The IMA battery charge becomes low.
• The low temperature indicator comes on.
• Ambient conditions that may differentiate the interior temperature from the set
temperature can also be the cause to start the engine.

Driving

248

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

249 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control

Cruise Control
Maintains a constant vehicle speed without having to keep your foot on the
accelerator pedal. Use cruise control on freeways or open roads where you can
travel at a constant speed with little acceleration or deceleration.

■ Vehicle speed for cruise control:
■ Shift position for cruise control:

3 WARNING
Improper use of the cruise control can lead
to a crash.

When to use
Desired speed in a range above
roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~

1Cruise Control

Always keep sufficient distance
between you and the vehicle in
front of you.

Use the cruise control only when traveling
on open highways in good weather.

In (D or (S

It may not be possible to maintain a constant speed
when driving uphill or downhill.
How to use

CRUISE MAIN is on in the
instrument panel.

When not using cruise control:
Turn off cruise control by pressing the CRUISE
button.
While in the ECON mode, it may take relatively more
time to accelerate to maintain the set speed.

the steering wheel.

Continued

Driving

Cruise control is ready to use.

■ Press the CRUISE button on

249

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

250 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control

■ To Set the Vehicle Speed

−/SET Button
On

On
On when cruise control begins

Press and release.

Take your foot off the pedal and press the −/SET button when you reach the desired
speed.
Driving

250

The moment you release the −/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control
begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

251 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control

■ To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+ or –/SET buttons on the
steering wheel.

You can set the vehicle speed using the −/SET button
on the steering wheel when adjusting the speed with
the accelerator and brake pedals.

To increase speed

To decrease speed

■ To Cancel
CRUISE
Button
CANCEL
Button

To cancel cruise control, do any of the
following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the CRUISE button.
• Depress the brake pedal.
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.

Driving

• Each time you press the button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by
about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
• If you keep the button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or decreases until you
release it. This speed is then set.

1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed:
After cruise control has been canceled, you can still
resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+
button while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40
km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
• When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h)
• When the CRUISE button is turned off
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise
control is canceled automatically.

251

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

252 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW) *

Forward Collision Warning (FCW) *
Alerts you when it detects the possibility of your vehicle colliding with the vehicle in
front of yours.
If the system determines a collision is possible, it gives both visual and audible alerts.
u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change lanes,
etc.).

■ How the system works
The system may give warnings of potential collisions when your vehicle speed is
above 10 mph (15 km/h).

1Forward Collision Warning (FCW) *
Important Safety Reminder
FCW cannot detect all objects ahead and may not
detect a given object; accuracy of the system will vary
based on weather, speed and other factors. FCW
does not include a braking function. It is always your
responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid
collisions.
You can change the Forward Collision Warning
Distance setting or turn the system on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 93

You can set Long, Normal or Short for when warnings start:
The camera is shared with Lane Departure Warning
(LDW).
2 LDW Camera P. 257

LONG
NORMAL
Driving

252

SHORT

Your Vehicle

* Not available on all models

Vehicle Ahead

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

253 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW) *

1Forward Collision Warning (FCW) *

The camera is located
behind the rearview mirror.

Driving

Beep

Never apply a film or attach any objects to the
windshield that could obstruct the FCW camera’s
field of vision.
Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield
within the FCW camera’s field of vision can cause the
system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we
recommend that you replace the windshield with a
genuine Honda replacement windshield. Making
even minor repairs within the camera’s field of vision
or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield
may also cause the system to operate abnormally.
After replacing the windshield, have a dealer
recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the FCW
camera is necessary for the system to operate
properly.

The beeper sounds and the BRAKE message
blinks until a possible collision is avoided.

* Not available on all models

Continued

253

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

254 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW) *

■ Automatic shutoff
FCW may automatically shut itself off and the FCW indicator comes and stays on
when:
• The temperature inside the system is high.
• The windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
Once the conditions that caused FCW to shut off improve or are addressed (e.g.,
cleaning), the system comes back on.

1Automatic shutoff
To help reduce the likelihood that high interior
temperatures will cause the camera system to shut
off, when parking, find a shady area or face the front
of the vehicle away from the sun. If you use a
reflective sun shade, do not allow it to cover the
camera housing. Covering the camera can
concentrate heat on the camera.
If the Camera Too Hot message appears:
• Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, the defroster mode when
windows are fogged.
• Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the FCW system.

Driving

254

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

255 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW) *

■ FCW Limitations
FCW may not activate or may not detect a vehicle in front of your vehicle, and may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead
of you, or when there is no vehicle ahead under the following conditions.
Condition
●
●
●
●
●
●

●
●

●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

Driving

●

The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too short.
A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
A vehicle suddenly crosses in front of you.
When either your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you accelerates rapidly.
The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, a small vehicle, or a unique vehicle such as a tractor.
When you drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an extended period that makes it difficult for the camera to properly
detect a vehicle in front of you.
When there are pedestrians or animals in front of your vehicle.
When you drive in bad weather (rain, fog, etc.).
A heavy load in the rear or modifications to the suspension tilts your vehicle.
An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.).
When the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
When the temperature inside the system is high.
A sudden change between light and dark such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
You drive into the sunlight (e.g. at dawn or dusk).
When the windshield is dirty or cloudy.
When streetlights are perceived as the taillight of a vehicle in front of yours.
When driving at night, the vehicle ahead of you is running with either taillight bulb burned out.
When you drive in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.

255

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

256 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW) *

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) *
Alerts you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally
crossing over detected lane markings.

■ How the System Works
If your vehicle is getting too close to detected
left or right side lane markings without a turn
signal activated, LDW will give audible and
visual alerts.
The beeper sounds and the Lane Departure
message appears on the i-MID, letting you
know that you need to take appropriate
action.
Driving

256

* Not available on all models

1Lane Departure Warning (LDW) *
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, LDW has limitations.
Over-reliance on LDW may result in a collision. It is
always your responsibility to keep the vehicle within
your driving lane.
LDW only alerts you when lane drift is detected
without a turn signal in use. LDW may not detect all
lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will vary
based on weather, speed and lane marker condition.
It is always your responsibility to safely operate the
vehicle and avoid collisions.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

257 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW) *

■ How the System Activates

1How the System Activates

The system begins to search for lane markings when all the following conditions are met:
• The vehicle is traveling between 40 and 90 mph (64 and 145 km/h).
• The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.

■ LDW Camera
LDW Camera

The camera is located behind the rearview
mirror.

LDW Button
Indicator

Press the LDW button to turn the system on
and off.
u The indicator in the button comes on
when the system is on.

Continued

1LDW Camera
Never apply a film or attach any objects to the
windshield that could obstruct the LDW camera’s
field of vision.
Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield
within the LDW camera’s field of vision can cause the
system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we
recommend that you replace the windshield with a
genuine Honda replacement windshield. Making
even minor repairs within the camera’s field of vision
or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield
may also cause the system to operate abnormally.
After replacing the windshield, have a dealer
recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the LDW
camera is necessary for the system to operate
properly.
Do not place an object on the top of the instrument
panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent
the system from detecting lane lines properly.

Driving

■ LDW On and Off

LDW may automatically shut off and the LDW
indicator comes and stays on.
2 Indicators P. 68

To help reduce the likelihood that high interior
temperatures will cause the camera system to shut
off, when parking, find a shady area or face the front
of the vehicle away from the sun. If you use a
reflective sun shade, do not allow it to cover the
camera housing. Covering the camera can
concentrate heat on the camera.

257

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

258 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW) *

■ LDW Limitations

1LDW Camera

LDW may not activate or may not recognize lanes, and may activate even when
keeping in the middle of a lane under the following conditions.
Condition
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

Driving

●

●
●
●
●

258

When you drive in bad weather (rain, fog, etc.).
A heavy load in the rear or modifications to the suspension tilts your vehicle.
An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.).
When the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
When the temperature inside the system is high.
A sudden change between light and dark such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
You drive into the sunlight (e.g. at dawn or dusk).
When the windshield is dirty or cloudy.
When you drive in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
When you drive on a wet road surface following another vehicle.
u The camera may perceive the tire tracks in the water as lane lines.
When there is snow or wheel tracks on the side of the road.
When the road has many repaired area or an erased lane line.
When the vehicle is running over painted signs or crosswalk markings.
When you drive in a lane with worn-out lane markings.

If the Camera Too Hot message appears:
• Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, the defroster mode when
windows are fogged.
• Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the LDW camera.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

259 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System
VSA® helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less
than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces.
It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes.

■ VSA® Operation
When VSA® activates, you may notice that the
engine does not respond to the accelerator.
You may also notice some noise from the
hydraulic system. You will also see the
indicator blink.

VSA® may not function properly if tire type and size
are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type
of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
When the VSA® indicator comes on and stays on
while driving, there may be a problem with the
system. While this may not interfere with normal
driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations
and does not control the entire braking system. You
still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate
for the conditions and always leave a sufficient
margin of safety.
The main function of the VSA® system is generally
known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The
system also includes a traction control function.

Continued

Driving

VSA® System
Indicator

1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System

259

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

260 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

■ VSA® On and Off
Models without LDW

VSA® OFF
Indicator

This button is on the driver side control panel.
To turn the VSA® system on and off, press and
hold it until you hear a beep.
VSA® stop and the indicator will come on.
To turn it on again, press the
button until you hear a beep.

Models with LDW

Driving

VSA® OFF
Indicator

(VSA® OFF)

VSA® is turned on every time you start the
engine, even if you turned it off the last time
you drove the vehicle.

1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
Without VSA®, your vehicle will have normal braking
and cornering ability, but it will not have VSA®
traction and stability enhancement.
In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets
stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier
to free it with VSA® temporarily switched off.
When the VSA® system is off, the traction control
system is also off. You should only attempt to free
your vehicle with the VSA® off if you are not able to
free it when the VSA® is on.
Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to
switch VSA® on again. We do not recommend driving
your vehicle with the VSA® and traction control
systems switched off.
If the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator *, comes on or
blinks, the VSA® system comes on automatically. In
this case, you cannot turn the system off by pressing
the

button.

You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after starting the engine or
while driving. This is normal.

260

* Not available on all models

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

261 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWhen DrivinguLaneWatchTM

LaneWatchTM
Is an assistance system that allows you to check the passenger side rear areas
displayed on the audio/information screen when the turn signal is activated to the
passenger’s side. A camera in the passenger side door mirror monitors these areas
and allows you to check for vehicles, in addition to your visual check and use of the
passenger door mirror. You can also keep the system on for your convenience while
driving.
1 The system activates when you:

Move the turn signal
lever to the passenger
side.

Press the LaneWatch
button.

2 The passenger side view

display appears on the
display audio.

3 WARNING
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
change lanes before doing so may result in
a crash and serious injury or death.
Do not rely only on LaneWatch while
driving.
Always look in your mirrors, to either side
of your vehicle, and behind you for other
vehicles before changing lanes.

Press the LaneWatch
button again.

Driving

Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, LaneWatch has
limitations. Over reliance on LaneWatch may result in
a collision.

The system deactivates when you:
Pull the turn signal
lever back.

1LaneWatchTM

The LaneWatch function can be affected by weather,
lighting (including headlights and low sun angle),
ambient darkness, camera condition, and loading.
The LaneWatch may not provide the intended display
of traffic to the side and rear under the following
conditions:
• Your vehicle’s suspension has been altered,
changing the height of the vehicle.
• Your tires are over or under inflated.
• Your tires or wheels are of varied size or
construction.

Camera

Audio/Information Screen

Continued

261

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

262 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWhen DrivinguLaneWatchTM

■ Customizing the LaneWatch settings
You can customize the following items using the audio/information screen.
• Show with Turn Signal: Selects whether LaneWatch monitor comes on when
you operate the turn signal light lever.
• Display Time after Turn Signal Off: Changes the length of time the
LaneWatch display stays on after you pull the turn signal lever back.
• Reference Lines: Selects whether the reference lines appear on the LaneWatch
monitor.
• Next Maneuver Pop up *: Selects whether a turn direction screen of the
navigation system interrupts the LaneWatch display.
• Display: Allows for display adjustments of items, such as brightness, and tint.
This setting is part of the Audio setup group.
2 Customized Features P. 192

■ Reference Lines
Driving
3

2
1

1LaneWatchTM
The LaneWatch camera view is restricted. Its unique
lens makes objects on the screen look slightly
different from what they are.
LaneWatch display does not come on when the shift
lever is in (R .
For proper LaneWatch operation:
• The camera is located in the passenger side door
mirror. Always keep this area clean. If the camera
lens is covered with dirt or moisture, use a soft,
moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of debris.
• Do not cover the camera lens with labels or stickers
of any kind.
• Do not touch the camera lens.
1Reference Lines

Three lines that appear on the screen can give
an idea of how far the vehicles or objects on
the screen are from your vehicle, respectively.
If an object is near line 1 (in red), it indicates
that it is close to your vehicle whereas an
object near line 3 farther away.

The area around the reference line 1 (red) is very close to
your vehicle. As always, make sure to visually confirm
the safety of a lane change before changing lanes.
The distance between your vehicle and lines 1, 2 and
3 on the screen vary depending road conditions and
vehicle loading. For example, the reference lines on
the screen may seem to appear closer than the actual
distances when the rear of your vehicle is more
heavily loaded.
Consult a dealer if:
• The passenger side door mirror, or area around it is
severely impacted, resulting in changing the
camera angle.
• The LaneWatch display does not come on at all.

262

* Not available on all models

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

263 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

U.S. models

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Instead of directly measuring the pressure in each tire, the TPMS on this vehicle
monitors and compares the rolling radius and rotational characteristics of each
wheel and tire while you are driving to determine if one or more tires are
significantly under-inflated. This will cause the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to
come on and a message to appear on the i-MID.

The system does not monitor the tires when driving
at low speed.

■ TPMS Calibration

Tire pressure checked and inflated in:
• Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather.
• Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer
weather.
The low tire pressure indicator will not come on as a
result of over inflation.

You must start TPMS calibration every time you:
• Adjust the pressure in one or more tires.
• Rotate the tires.
• Replace one or more tires.

Conditions such as low ambient temperature and
altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can
trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come on.

2 Checking Tires P. 308

Driving

The TPMS may not function properly if tire type and
size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
type of tire.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 308

Before calibrating the TPMS:
• Set the cold tire pressure in all four tires.

The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator may come on
with a delay or may not come on at all when:
• You rapidly accelerate, decelerate, or turn the
steering wheel.
• You drive on snowy or slippery roads.
• Snow chains are used.

Make sure:
• The vehicle is at a complete stop.
• The shift lever is in (P .
• The power mode is in ON.

The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator may come on
under the following conditions:
• A compact spare tire * is used.
• There is a heavier and uneven load on the tires,
such as when towing a trailer, than the condition at
calibration.
• Snow chains are used.

* Not available on all models

Continued

263

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

264 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Driving

You can calibrate the system from the
customized features on the i-MID.
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Press the MENU button to go to the
Vehicle Menu screen.
3. Select Customize Settings with the (button, then press the SOURCE button.
4. Press the SOURCE button again.
u The display switches to the
customization setup screen, where you
can select No or Yes.
5. Press the SOURCE button to select Yes.
u When the calibration is complete, the
The TPMS Calibration is initialised.
message appears, and the display returns
to the customization menu screen.
• If the Unable to initialize TPMS. message
appears, repeat steps 4-5.
• The calibration process finishes
automatically.

264

* Not available on all models

1TPMS Calibration

• TPMS cannot be calibrated if a compact spare tire *
is installed.

• The calibration process requires approximately 30
minutes of cumulative driving at speeds between
30-60 mph (48-97 km/h).
• During this period, if the ignition is turned on and
the vehicle is not moved within 45 seconds, you
may notice the low tire pressure indicator comes on
briefly. This is normal and indicates that the
calibration process is not yet complete.
If the snow chains are installed, remove them before
calibrating the TPMS.
If the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on even
when the properly inflated specified regular tires are
installed, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
We recommend that the tires be replaced with the
same brand, model, and size as the originals. Ask a
dealer for details.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

265 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation

U.S. models

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required
Federal Explanation
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should
determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low
tire pressure telltale
Driving

when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure.
Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to
overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s
handling and stopping ability.
Continued

265

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

266 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire
pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the
telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.

Driving

When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may
not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including
the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or
more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.

266

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

267 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Braking
Brake System
■ Parking Brake

1Parking Brake

Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parking.
To apply:
Pull the lever fully up without pressing the
release button.

NOTICE

Release the parking brake fully before driving. The
rear brakes and axle can be damaged if you drive
with the parking brake applied.
If you start driving without fully releasing the parking
brake, a buzzer sounds as a warning, and RELEASE
PARKING BRAKE appears on the i-MID.
Always apply the parking brake when parking.

Continued

Driving

To release:
1. Pull the lever slightly, and press and hold
the release button.
2. Lower the lever down all the way, then
release the button.

267

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

268 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBrakinguBrake System

■ Foot Brake
Your vehicle is equipped with front disc brakes. The brakes on the rear wheels are
drum. A vacuum power assist helps reduce the effort needed on the brake pedal.
The brake assist system increases the stopping force when you depress the brake
pedal hard in an emergency situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you
retain steering control when braking very hard.
2 Brake Assist System P. 270
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 269

1Foot Brake
Check the brakes after driving through deep water,
or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If
necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the
pedal several times.
If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when
applying the brakes, the brake pads need to be
replaced. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a
long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake
effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your
foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a
lower speed position.

Driving

268

Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while
driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause
them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad
life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

269 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
■ ABS
Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by
pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you.
The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also
balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.
You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always
keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as
“stomp and steer.”

■ ABS operation

When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.

NOTICE

The ABS may not function correctly if you use an
incorrect tire type and size.
When the ABS indicator comes on while driving,
there may be a problem with the system.
While normal braking is not affected, there is a
possibility of the ABS not operating. Have the vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
The ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes
to stop the vehicle. It only helps with steering control
during hard braking.
In the following cases, your vehicle may need more
stopping distance than a vehicle without the ABS:
• When driving on rough road surfaces, including
when driving on uneven surfaces, such as gravel or
snow.
• When snow chains are installed.

Driving

The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Keep holding the
pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to press on the brake pedal very
hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately
if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.

1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after starting the engine or
while driving. This is normal.

269

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

270 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBrakinguBrake Assist System

Brake Assist System
■ Brake Assist System
Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress
the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.

■ Brake assist system operation
Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.
When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise
may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.

Driving

270

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

271 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped
1. Depress the brake pedal firmly.
2. Firmly apply the parking brake.
3. Move the shift lever from (D to (P .
4. Turn off the engine.

1Parking Your Vehicle

Always set the parking brake firmly, in particular if you are parked on an incline.

1When Stopped

Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects,
such as dry grass, oil, or timber.
Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.

NOTICE

The following can damage the transmission:
• Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals
simultaneously.
• Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by
depressing the accelerator pedal.
• Moving the shift lever into (P before the vehicle
stops completely.
Raise the wiper arms when snow is expected.
Driving

271

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

272 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Rearview Camera
About Your Rearview Camera
Models with navigation system

1About Your Rearview Camera

For models with the navigation system, see the Navigation System Manual for the
rearview camera.
Models without navigation system

The audio/information screen can display your vehicle’s rear view. The display
automatically changes to the rear view when the shift lever is moved to (R .

■ Rearview Camera Display Area
Guidelines
Bumper

Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing
up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and
high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do
not rely on the rearview display which does not give
you all information about conditions at the back of
your vehicle.

Approx. 118 in (3 m)
Approx. 79 in (2 m)
Approx. 39 in (1 m)

Driving

Camera
Approx. 20 in (0.5 m)
Approx. 39 in (1 m)
Approx. 79 in (2 m)
Approx. 118 in (3 m)

The rearview camera has a unique lens that makes objects appear closer or further
than they actually are.

272

The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see
the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath
the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects
appear closer or farther than they actually are.

If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture,
use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free
of debris.
You can change the Fixed Guideline and Dynamic
Guideline settings.
2 Customized Features P. 192
Fixed Guideline
On: Guidelines appear when you shift into (R .
Off: Guidelines do not appear when the dynamic
guideline is off.
Dynamic Guideline
On: Guidelines move according to the steering wheel
direction.
Off: Guidelines do not move.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

273 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Refueling
Fuel Information
■ Fuel recommendation

1Fuel Information

Unleaded gasoline, pump octane number 87 or higher

NOTICE

Use of a lower octane gasoline can cause a persistent, heavy metallic knocking noise
that can lead to engine damage.

■ Top tier detergent gasoline
Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Honda
endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help
maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive
manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines.

Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely
affect performance, and cause the malfunction
indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on.
If this happens, contact a dealer for service.
Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such
as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on
oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol
by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol.
If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try
another service station or switch to another brand of
gasoline.

Driving

Continued

We recommend quality gasoline containing
detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and
engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain
good performance, fuel economy, and emissions
control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline
that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based
fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is
available.

273

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

274 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel

Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met
“TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is
guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic
additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic
additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission
control system.
For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on
gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit www.hondacars.com. In Canada, visit
www.honda.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more information on top
tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.

■ Fuel tank capacity: 13.2 US gal (50 liters)
Driving

274

How to Refuel
Push

1. Stop your vehicle with the service station
pump on the left side of the vehicle in the
rear.
2. Turn off the engine.
3. Push on the fuel fill door release handle at
the foot of the driver’s seat.
u The fuel fill door opens.

1How to Refuel

3 WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
You can be burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.
• Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks,
and flame away.
• Handle fuel only outdoors.
• Wipe up spills immediately.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

275 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel

4. Remove the fuel fill cap slowly. If you hear a
release of air, wait until this stops, then turn
the knob slowly to open the fuel fill cap.

5. Place the fuel fill cap in the holder.
6. Insert the filler nozzle fully.
u When the tank is full, the fuel nozzle will
click off automatically. This leaves space
in the fuel tank in case the fuel expands
with a change in the temperature.
7. After filling, replace the fuel fill cap,
tightening it until you hear it click at least
once.
u Shut the fuel fill door by hand.

Do not continue to add fuel after the filler nozzle has
automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed
the full tank capacity.

Driving

Holder

The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in
the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result
of changes in air temperature.
If the filler nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is
not full, there may be a problem with the pump’s fuel
vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If
this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.

Cap
Cap

1How to Refuel

275

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

276 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Fuel Economy
Improving Fuel Economy
Fuel economy depends on several conditions, including driving conditions, your
driving habits, the condition of your vehicle, and loading. Depending on these and
other conditions, you may or may not achieve the rated fuel economy of this vehicle.

■ Maintenance and Fuel Economy
You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle.
Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the
i-MID.
• Use the recommended viscosity engine oil, displaying the API Certification Seal.
• Maintain the specified tire pressure.
• Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo.
• Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle’s underside
adds weight and increases wind resistance.
Driving

276

1Improving Fuel Economy
Direct calculation is the recommended method to
determine actual fuel consumed while driving.
Miles driven

Gallons of
fuel

Miles per
Gallon

100

Liters of
fuel

Kilometers
driven

L per 100 km

In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are
established following a simulated test. For more
information on how this test is performed, please visit
http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

277 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Accessories and Modifications
Accessories
When installing accessories, check the following:
• Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and
delay your reaction to driving conditions.
• Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS Airbag, on the sides or backs
of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows. Accessories
installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the vehicle’s
airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags deploy.
• Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with
proper operation of your vehicle.
2 Fuses P. 353

• Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for
assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.

Modifications

3 WARNING
Improper accessories or modifications can
affect your vehicle’s handling, stability, and
performance, and cause a crash in which
you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding accessories and
modifications.
Honda Genuine accessories are recommended to
ensure proper operation on your vehicle.
Driving

Do not modify your vehicle or use non-Honda components that can affect its
handling, stability, and reliability.

1Accessories and Modifications

Overall vehicle performance can be affected. Always make sure all equipment is
properly installed and maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province,
territory, and local regulations.

277

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

278

278 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

279 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Maintenance
This chapter discusses basic maintenance.

Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance ............ 280
Safety When Performing Maintenance..281
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance
Service ........................................... 282
Maintenance MinderTM ..................... 283
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood.. 288
Opening the Hood ........................... 289
Recommended Engine Oil ................ 290
Oil Check ......................................... 291
Adding Engine Oil ............................ 292

Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter .. 293

Engine Coolant ................................ 295
Transmission Fluid............................ 297
Brake Fluid....................................... 298
Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 299
Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 300

Checking and Maintaining Wiper
Blades .......................................... 306
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires ................................. 308
Tire and Loading Information Label .. 309
Tire Labeling .................................... 309
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles).. 311
Wear Indicators................................ 313

Tire Service Life................................ 313
Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 314
Tire Rotation.................................... 315
Winter Tires ..................................... 316
12 Volt Battery.................................. 317
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery ........... 318
Climate Control System Maintenance ..319
Cleaning
Interior Care .................................... 320
Exterior Care.................................... 322

279

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

280 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance
For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle
in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient
brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
(Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in
effect.) Refer to the separate maintenance booklet for detailed maintenance and
inspection information.

■ Types of Inspection and Maintenance
■ Daily inspections
Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when
refueling.

■ Periodic inspections
• Check the continuously variable transmission fluid level monthly.
2 Continuously Variable Transmission Fluid P. 297

• Check the brake fluid level monthly.
2 Checking the Brake Fluid P. 298
Maintenance

• Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects.

U.S. models

Maintenance, replacement, or repair of
emissions control devices and systems may be
done by any automotive repair establishment or
individuals using parts that are “certified” to
EPA standards.
According to state and federal regulations, failure to
perform maintenance on the maintenance main
items marked with # will not void your emissions
warranties. However, all maintenance services should
be performed in accordance with the intervals
indicated by the i-MID.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 286
If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks
that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a
subscription to the Service Express website at
www.techinfo.honda.com.
2 Authorized Manuals P. 367

2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 308

• Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly.
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 300

• Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months.
2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 306

280

1Inspection and Maintenance

If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make
sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first.
After performing maintenance, update the records in
the separate maintenance booklet.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

281 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance

Safety When Performing Maintenance
Some of the most important safety precautions are given here.
However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in
performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether or not you should perform
a given task.

■ Maintenance Safety
• To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames
away from the battery and all fuel related parts.
• Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood.
u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them causing a fire.
• To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not
gasoline.
• Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the 12 volt
battery or compressed air.
• Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you.
u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation.

• The vehicle must be in a stationary condition.
u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and
the engine is off.
• Be aware that hot parts can burn you.
u Make sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before
touching vehicle parts.
• Be aware that moving parts can injure you.
u Do not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away
from moving parts.
• Do not touch the IMA battery and wiring (orange).

3 WARNING
Improperly maintaining this vehicle or
failing to correct a problem before driving
can cause a crash in which you can be
seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the inspection and
maintenance recommendations according
to the schedules in this owner’s manual.

3 WARNING
Failure to properly follow maintenance
instructions and precautions can cause you
to be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the procedures and
precautions in this owner’s manual.

Maintenance

■ Vehicle Safety

1Safety When Performing Maintenance

281

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

282 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service

Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
The use of Honda genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and
servicing your vehicle. Honda genuine parts are manufactured according to the
same high quality standards used in Honda vehicles.

Maintenance

282

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

283 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Maintenance MinderTM
If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages
appear on the i-MID every time you set the power mode to ON. The messages notify
you when to change the engine oil, or when to bring your vehicle to a dealer for
indicated maintenance services.

Maintenance

283

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

284 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

To Use Maintenance MinderTM
■ Displaying the Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items
Maintenance items, which should be serviced at the same time that you replace the
engine oil, appear on the i-MID.
You can view them on the Maintenance info screen at any time.
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Press the MENU button to go to the Vehicle Menu screen.
3. Select Vehicle Information with the (+ button, then press the SOURCE button.
4. Press the SOURCE button again to go to the Maintenance info screen. The
engine oil life appears on the i-MID.
Engine Oil Life
2345

50
Engine oil

Main
Item

Air filters

Based on the engine operating conditions, the
remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed
as a percentage.

Maintenance

Displayed Engine Oil
Life (%)
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
15
10
5
0

Calculated Engine Oil
Life (%)
100 to 91
90 to 81
80 to 71
70 to 61
60 to 51
50 to 41
40 to 31
30 to 21
20 to 16
15 to 11
10 to 6
5 to 1
0

Sub Item

(+ Button

SOURCE
Button

SOURCE

284

1Displaying the Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items

MENU
Button

There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you
can view on the i-MID.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 286

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

285 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

■ Maintenance Minder Messages on the i-MID
Maintenance Message

Oil Life Display

Explanation

Information

SERVICE DUE SOON

15%

The remaining engine oil life is 15 to
6 percent. Once you switch the
display by pressing the
(display/information) button, this
message will go off.

The engine oil is approaching the end
of its service life, and the maintenance
items should be inspected and serviced
soon.

2345

15
2345

SERVICE DUE NOW

Engine oil
Air filters

5%
2345

5
2345

2345

The system message indicator (

Air filters

Negative Distance

-30
2345

The remaining engine oil life has
The engine oil life has passed.
passed its service life, and a negative The maintenance items must be
inspected and serviced immediately.
distance appears after driving over
10 miles (U.S. models) or 10 km
(Canadian models). Press the
button to switch to another display.

Maintenance

SERVICE PAST DUE

Engine oil

The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1 The engine oil has almost reached the
end of its service life, and the
percent. Press the
button to
maintenance items should be inspected
switch to another display.
and serviced as soon as possible.

) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.

Continued

285

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

286 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

■ Maintenance Service Items

1Maintenance Service Items

• Independent of the Maintenance Minder
information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years.

System Message
Indicator

• Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000

Maintenance Minder
Message

km).

• Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if
they are noisy.

2345

Main
Item

CODE
A
B

●
●
●
●

Maintenance

●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

Maintenance Main Items
Replace engine oil*1
Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter
Inspect front and rear brakes/service as necessary
Check parking brake adjustment
Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots
Inspect suspension components
Inspect driveshaft boots
Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA)
Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids
Inspect exhaust system#
Inspect fuel lines and connections#
Check the expiration date for TRK bottle

*1: If a message SERVICE does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the
engine oil every year.

286

Sub Items

CODE
1
2

●
●
●
●

3
4

●
●
●

●

Maintenance Sub Items
Rotate tires
Replace air cleaner element*2
Replace dust and pollen filter*3
Inspect drive belt
Replace transmission fluid
Replace spark plugs
Inspect valve clearance
Replace engine coolant

*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

287 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuMaintenance MinderTM uTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

■ Resetting the Display

1Resetting the Display

Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service.

Maintenance
Item Codes
Engine Oil Life

NOTICE

Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance
service results in the system showing incorrect
maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious
mechanical problems.
The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after
completing the required maintenance service. If
someone other than a dealer performs maintenance
service, reset the engine oil life display yourself.

SOURCE
Button
(- Button

2 Displaying the Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items P. 284

3. Press the SOURCE button.
u The oil life reset mode is displayed on the i-MID.
4. Select YES with the (- button, then press the SOURCE button.
u The displayed maintenance items disappear, and the engine oil life display
returns to 100%.
u Any maintenance items that are necessary for your vehicle at the next
maintenance service will appear.
To cancel the oil life reset mode, select No, then press the SOURCE button.

Maintenance

1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Go to the Maintenance info screen.

287

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

288 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood

Engine Oil
Dipstick
(Orange)

Brake Fluid
(Black Cap)

Engine Oil Fill
Cap

Continuously
Variable
Transmission
Fluid Dipstick
(Yellow)

Washer Fluid
(Blue Cap)

12 Volt Battery

Maintenance

288

Radiator Cap

Engine Coolant Reserve Tank

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

289 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood

Opening the Hood
Hood Release Handle

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set
the parking brake.
2. Pull the hood release handle under the
lower left corner of the dashboard.
u The hood will pop up slightly.

1Opening the Hood
NOTICE

Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are
raised.
The hood will strike the wipers, and may damage
either the hood or the wipers.

Pull
When closing the hood, check that the hood is
securely latched.

3. Push up the hood latch lever in the center
of the hood to release the lock mechanism,
and open the hood.

If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can
open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch
mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.
Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop
function is activated.

Lever

Clamp

4. Remove the support rod from the clamp
using the grip. Mount the support rod in
the hood.
When closing, remove the support rod, and
stow it in the clamp, then gently lower the
hood. Remove your hand at a height of
approximately 12 inches (30 cm) and let the
hood close.

Maintenance

Support Rod Grip

289

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

290 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil

Recommended Engine Oil
• Genuine Honda Motor Oil
• Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the
container.
Oil is a major contributor to your engine’s
performance and longevity. If you drive the
vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil,
the engine may fail or be damaged.
This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving
and that it meets the American Petroleum
Institute’s latest requirements.
Use Genuine Honda Motor Oil or another
commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for
the ambient temperature as shown here.

Maintenance

Ambient Temperature

■ Synthetic oil
You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal
and is the specified viscosity grade.

290

1Recommended Engine Oil
Engine Oil Additives
Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact,
they may adversely affect the engine performance
and durability.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

291 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check

Oil Check
We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel.
Park the vehicle on level ground.
Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the
oil.
1. Remove the dipstick (orange).
2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or
paper towel.
3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its
hole.

1Oil Check
If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly
add oil being careful not to overfill.

4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the
level. It should be between the upper and
lower marks. Add oil if necessary.

Lower Mark

Maintenance

Upper Mark

291

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

292 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil

Adding Engine Oil
1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap.
2. Add oil slowly.
3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten
it securely.
4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the
engine oil dipstick.
Engine Oil
Fill Cap

Maintenance

292

1Adding Engine Oil
If any oil spills, wipe it up immediately. Spilled oil may
damage the engine compartment components.
NOTICE

Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark.
Overfilling the engine oil can result in leaks and
engine damage.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

293 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the
engine’s lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.
Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the i-MID.
1. Run the engine until it reaches normal
Bolt
operating temperature, and then turn the
engine off.
2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil
fill cap.
3. Remove the bolts on the undercarriage
and slide the under cover backward, then
remove.

1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
NOTICE

You may damage the environment if you do not
dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are
changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of
the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take
it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away
into a garbage can or onto the ground.

Under Cover
Drain Bolt

4. Remove the drain bolt and washer from
the bottom of the engine, and drain the
oil into a suitable container.

Maintenance

Washer

Continued

293

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

294 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

Oil Filter

Maintenance

294

5. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the
remaining oil.
6. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to
the engine contact surface.
u If it is stuck, you must detach it.
7. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the
contact surface of the engine block, and
install a new oil filter.
u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to
the oil filter gasket seal.
8. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then
reinstall the drain bolt.
u Tightening torque:
29 lbf∙ft (39 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m)
9. Pour the recommended engine oil into the
engine.
u Engine oil change capacity (including
filter):
3.8 US qt (3.6 L)
10. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and
start the engine.
11. Run the engine for a few minutes, and
then check that there is no leak from the
drain bolt or oil filter.
12. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes,
and then check the oil level on the
dipstick.
u If necessary, add more engine oil.

1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You will need a special wrench to replace the oil
filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.
When installing the new oil filter, follow the
instructions supplied with the oil filter.
Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The
low oil pressure indicator should go off within five
seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check
your work.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

295 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant

Engine Coolant
1Engine Coolant

Specified coolant: Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any
straight antifreeze or water.
We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the
reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the
radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.

■ Reserve Tank
Reserve Tank
MAX

1. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve
tank.

NOTICE

If temperatures consistently below −22°F (−30°C) are
expected, the coolant mixture should be changed to
a higher concentration. Consult a dealer for more
information.
If Honda antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may
use another major brand non-silicate coolant as a
temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality
coolant recommended for aluminum engines.
Continued use of any non-Honda coolant can result
in corrosion, causing the cooling system to
malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed
and refilled with Honda antifreeze/coolant as soon as
possible.
Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your
vehicle’s cooling system. They may not be compatible
with the coolant or with the engine components.

2. If the coolant level is below the MIN mark,
add the specified coolant until it reaches
the MAX mark.
3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.

Continued

Maintenance

MIN

295

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

296 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant

■ Radiator

1Radiator

Radiator Cap

Maintenance

296

1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
cool.
2. Turn the radiator cap counterclockwise and
relieve any pressure in the cooling system.
Do not push the cap down when turning.
3. Push down and turn the radiator cap
counterclockwise to remove it.
4. The coolant level should be up to the base
of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.
5. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it
fully.
6. Pour coolant into the reserve tank until it
reaches the MAX mark. Put the cap back
on the reserve tank.

Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
damage components in the engine compartment.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

297 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid

Transmission Fluid
■ Continuously Variable Transmission Fluid
Specified fluid: Honda CVTF (continuously variable transmission fluid)

NOTICE

Do not mix Honda CVTF with other transmission
fluids.
Using a transmission fluid other than Honda CVTF
may adversely affect the operation and durability of
your vehicle’s transmission, and damage the
transmission.
Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that
is not equivalent to Honda CVTF is not covered by
Honda’s new vehicle warranty.
NOTICE

Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
damage components in the engine compartment.

Maintenance

Check the fluid level when the engine is at normal operating temperature.
1. Park on level ground, and start the engine.
2. Wait until the radiator fan starts and then
turn off the engine.
u Perform step 3 after waiting for about 60
seconds (less than 90 seconds).
3. Remove the dipstick (yellow) from the
transmission and wipe it with a clean cloth.
Upper Mark
HOT
Range
Lower Mark
4. Insert the dipstick all the way back into the
transmission securely, as shown in the
image.
5. Remove the dipstick and check the fluid
level.
u It should be between the upper and
lower marks in the HOT range.
6. If the level is below the lower mark, add
fluid into the dipstick hole to bring it to the
level between the upper and lower marks,
and have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.

1Continuously Variable Transmission Fluid

297

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

298 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid

Brake Fluid
Specified fluid: Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3

NOTICE

■ Checking the Brake Fluid
Check the fluid level several seconds after you
set the power mode to ON.

MAX

The fluid level should be between the MIN
and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir.

MIN

Brake Reservoir

1Brake Fluid
Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your
vehicle’s braking system and can cause extensive
damage.
If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should
use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed
container as a temporary replacement.
Using any non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion
and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the
brake system flushed and refilled with Honda Heavy
Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.
If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,
have a dealer inspect for leaks or worn brake pads as
soon as possible.

Maintenance

298

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

299 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuMaintenance Under the HooduRefilling Window Washer Fluid

Refilling Window Washer Fluid
Check the amount of window washer fluid.
If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir.
Canadian models

If the washer fluid is low, a message appears
on the i-MID.

1Refilling Window Washer Fluid
NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water
solution in the windshield washer reservoir.
Antifreeze can damage your vehicle’s paint. A
vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield
washer pump.

Maintenance

299

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

300 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Replacing Light Bulbs
Headlight Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
High beam headlight: 60 W (HB3 for halogen bulb type)
Low beam headlight: 51 W (HB4 for halogen bulb type)

■ High Beam Headlight
1. Push the tab to remove the coupler.
2. Rotate the old bulb to the left to remove.
3. Insert a new bulb into the headlight
assembly and turn it to the right.
4. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.

Bulb

Tab

Maintenance

300

Coupler

1Headlight Bulbs
NOTICE

Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit.
Oil, perspiration, or a scratch on the glass can cause
the bulb to overheat and shatter.
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the trunk, have the aiming readjusted
at a dealer or by a qualified technician.
When replacing a halogen bulb, handle it by its base,
and protect the glass from contact with your skin or
hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean it with
denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

301 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuDaytime Running Light Bulbs

■ Low Beam Headlights

1Low Beam Headlights
Passenger’s side

Clip

1. Remove the holding clip using a flat-tip
screwdriver, then remove the upper part of
the windshield washer reservoir.

Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the
central pin to remove the clip.

Central pin

Driver’s and passenger’s side

2. Push the tab to remove the coupler.
3. Rotate the old bulb to the left to remove.
4. Insert a new bulb into the headlight
assembly and turn it to the right.
5. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.

Daytime Running Light Bulbs

Push until the
pin is flat.

Maintenance

Coupler

Insert the clip with the central pin raised, and push
until it is flat.

Daytime running light bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect
and replace the light assembly.

301

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

302 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker Light Bulbs

Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker Light: 28/8 W
Inner
Fender

Clip

Socket

Maintenance

302

1. Turn the steering wheel all the way to the
opposite side from the light being replaced.
Passenger side: Turn the steering wheel
to the left.
Driver side: Turn the steering wheel to the
right.
2. Remove the holding clips, and pull the inner
fender back.
3. Turn the socket to the left and remove it,
then remove the old bulb.
4. Insert a new bulb.

1Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker Light Bulbs
When removing the clip, insert a flat-tip screwdriver,
then lift and remove the clip.

Clip

Insert the clip with the pin raised, and push until it is
flat.

Push until the
pin is flat
Bulb

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

303 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear Turn Signal Light Bulbs

Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W (Amber)
1. Remove the holding clips using a flat-tip
screwdriver, then pull the lining back.

Lining

1Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs
When removing the clip, insert a flat-tip screwdriver,
then lift and remove the clip.
Clip

Clip

2. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.
Remove the old bulb.
3. Insert a new bulb.

Insert the clip with the pin raised, and push until it is
flat.

Bulb

Socket

Brake/Taillight and Rear Side Maker Bulbs

Maintenance

Push until the
pin is flat

Brake/rear taillight and rear side marker bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized
Honda dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

303

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

304 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuBack-Up Light Bulbs

Back-Up Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
Back-Up Light: 16 W
1. Remove the screw from the center of the
fastener using a Phillips-head screwdriver.
2. Remove the holding clips using a flat-tip
screwdriver, then pull the lining back.

Lining
Fastener

2 Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs P. 303

Clip

3. Turn the socket to the left and remove it.
4. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
Bulb

Maintenance

Socket

Taillight Bulbs
Taillight bulbs in the trunk lid are LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect
and replace the light assembly.

304

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

305 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear License Plate Light Bulbs

Rear License Plate Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
Rear License Plate Light: 5 W
1. Remove the screw from the center of the
fastener using a Phillips-head screwdriver.
2. Remove the holding clips using a flat-tip
screwdriver, then pull the lining back.

Lining
Fastener

2 Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs P. 303

Clip

3. Remove the license plate light assembly by
squeezing the tabs on both sides of the
socket.
4. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.

Bulb

Socket
Maintenance

High-Mount Brake Light Bulbs
High-mount brake light bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer
inspect and replace the light assembly.

305

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

306 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
Checking Wiper Blades
If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces
of the blade may scratch the window glass.

Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Lift the driver side wiper arm first, then the
passenger side.

1Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE

Avoid dropping the wiper arm; it may damage the
windshield.

Lock Tab

Maintenance

306

2. Place a cloth on the edge of the lock tab.
Push the lock tab up with a flat-tip screw
driver.
3. Slide the blade from the wiper arm.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

307 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber

4. Slide the wiper blade out from its holder by
pulling the tabbed end out.

Blade

Top

Retainer
Blade

Tab

6. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder
from the bottom end.
u The tab on the holder should fit in the
indent of the wiper blade.
7. Slide the wiper blade onto the wiper arm,
then push down the lock tab.
8. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first,
then the driver side.

Maintenance

Indent

5. Remove the retainers from the rubber blade
that has been removed, and mount to a
new rubber blade.
u Correctly align the rubber protrusion and
the retainer grooves.

307

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

308 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires
To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in
good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.

■ Inflation guidelines
Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort.
Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specification’s page for the specified pressure.
Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and
are more likely to fail from overheating.
Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards,
and wear unevenly.
Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the
others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.

Maintenance

At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in
all tires, including the spare. Even tires in good condition can lose 1 to 2 psi (10 to
20 kPa, 0.1 to 0.2 kgf/cm2) per month.

■ Inspection guidelines
Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems.
Look for:
• Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,
splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord.
• Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks.
• Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment.
• Excessive tread wear.
2 Wear Indicators P. 313

• Cracks or other damage around valve stem.

308

1Checking Tires

3 WARNING
Using tires that are excessively worn or
improperly inflated can cause a crash in
which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding tire inflation and
maintenance.
Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This
means the vehicle has been parked for at least three
hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If
necessary, add or release air until the specified
pressure is reached.
If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as
4–6 psi (30–40 kPa, 0.3–0.4 kgf/cm2) higher than if
checked when cold.
U.S. models

Whenever tire pressure is adjusted, you must
calibrate the TPMS.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 263
Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent
vibration while driving. New tires and any that have
been removed and reinstalled should be properly
balanced.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

309 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label

Tire and Loading Information Label
The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading
information.
Label
Example

1Tire and Loading Information Label
The tire and loading information label attached to the
driver’s doorjamb contains:
a The number of people your vehicle can carry.
b The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not
exceed this weight.
c The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare.
d The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and
spare.

Tire Labeling
Example

Tire Size
Tire
Identification
Number (TIN)

The tires that came on your vehicle have a
number of markings. Those you should be
aware of are described below.

Maximum
Tire Pressure
Tire Size

■ Tire Size
Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.

Continued

Following is an example of tire size with an
explanation of what each component means.
P195/65 R15 89S
P: Vehicle type (P indicates passenger vehicle).
195: Tire width in millimeters.
65: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a
percentage of its width).
R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial).
15: Rim diameter in inches.
89: Load index (a numerical code associated with the
maximum load the tire can carry).
S: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the
maximum speed rating).

Maintenance

Maximum
Tire Load

1Tire Size

309

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

310 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling

■ Tire Identification Number (TIN)
The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like
the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.

■ Glossary of Tire Terminology

Maintenance

310

Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at
least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given
inflation pressure.
Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can
hold.
Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum
permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure recommended
by the manufacturer.
Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.

1Tire Identification Number (TIN)
DOT B97R FW6X 2209
DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all
requirements of the U.S. Department of
Transportation.
B97R: Manufacturer’s identification mark.
FW6X: Tire type code.
22 09: Date of manufacture.
Year
Week

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

311 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety
Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction,
and temperature performance according to Department of
Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these
gradings.

■ Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.

Continued

For example:
Treadwear 200
Traction AA
Temperature A
All passenger car tires must conform
to Federal Safety Requirements in
addition to these grades.
Maintenance

■ Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150
would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in
driving habits, service practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.

1Uniform Tire Quality Grading

311

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

312 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

Maintenance

312

■ Traction
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.
Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement
as measured under controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.

1Traction

■ Temperature
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and
reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which
all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels
of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.

1Temperature

Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
Warning: The temperature grade for
this tire is established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading,
either separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible
tire failure.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

313 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators

Wear Indicators
Example of a Wear
Indicator mark

The groove where the wear indicator is
located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than
elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so
that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire.
Worn out tires have poor traction on wet
roads.

Tire Service Life
The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road
conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and
environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).

Maintenance

In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is
recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five
years old. All tires, including the spare, should be removed from service after 10
years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.

313

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

314 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement

Tire and Wheel Replacement
Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and
maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire’s sidewall). Using tires of a
different size or construction can cause the ABS and vehicle stability assist (VSA®)
system to work incorrectly.
It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the
front or rear tires in pairs.
Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels.

Maintenance

314

1Tire and Wheel Replacement

3 WARNING
Installing improper tires on your vehicle can
affect handling and stability. This can cause
a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.
Always use the size and type of tires
recommended in this owner’s manual.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

315 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation

Tire Rotation
Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the i-MID helps to
distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life.

■ Tires without rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.

Front

1Tire Rotation
Tires with directional tread patterns should only be
rotated front to back (not from one side to the other).
Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation
indication mark facing forward, as shown below.

Front
Direction Mark

■ Tires with rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.

Maintenance

Front

U.S. models

Whenever tires are rotated, you must calibrate the
TPMS.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 263

315

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

316 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires

Winter Tires
If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires,
or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when
driving.
Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent
skidding.
Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the
law.
When mounting, refer to the following points.

Maintenance

316

For winter tires:
• Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires.
• Mount the tires to all four wheels.
For tire chains:
• Install them on the front tires only.
• Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the
chains listed below:
Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1030
• Follow the chain manufacturer’s instruction when installing. Mount them as
tightly as you can.
• Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension.
• Drive slowly.

1Winter Tires

3 WARNING
Using the wrong chains, or not properly
installing chains, can damage the brake
lines and cause a crash in which you can be
seriously injured or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding the selection and use of
tire chains.
NOTICE

Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly
installed can damage your vehicle’s brake lines,
suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are
hitting any part of the vehicle.
When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain
manufacturer’s instructions regarding vehicle
operational limits.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

317 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

12 Volt Battery
Checking the 12 Volt Battery
Check the battery condition monthly and check the terminals for corrosion.
If your vehicle’s battery is disconnected or goes dead:
• The audio system is disabled.
2 Reactivating the audio system P. 151

112 Volt Battery

3 WARNING
The battery gives off explosive hydrogen
gas during normal operation.

• The clock resets.
2 Clock P. 102

• The navigation system * is disabled.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual

Charging the Battery
Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle’s electrical system.
Always disconnect the negative (-) cable first, and reconnect it last.

A spark or flame can cause the battery to
explode with enough force to kill or
seriously hurt you.
When conducting any battery
maintenance, wear protective clothing and
a face shield, or have a skilled technician do
it.

When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals
by applying a baking powder and water solution.
Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel
dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to
help prevent future corrosion.

Maintenance

WARNING: Battery post, terminals,
and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds.
Wash your hands after handling.

When replacing the battery, the replacement must be
of the same specifications.
Please consult a dealer for more information.

* Not available on all models

317

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

318 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
Battery type: CR2032
1. Remove the built-in key.

1Replacing the Button Battery
NOTICE

An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
environment. Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or
at a dealer.

Battery

Maintenance

318

2. Remove the upper half by carefully prying
on the edge with a coin.
u Remove carefully to avoid losing the
buttons.
u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
scratching the smart entry remote.
3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

319 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Climate Control System Maintenance
Dust and Pollen Filter
The Climate Control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects
pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance MinderTM messages will let
you know when to replace the filter.
We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your
vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.

1Dust and Pollen Filter
If the airflow from the climate control system
deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up
easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please
contact a dealer for replacement.

Maintenance

319

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

320 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Cleaning
Interior Care
Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt.
Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.

■ Cleaning Seat Belts
Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts.
Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.
Opening

1Interior Care
Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle.
Electrical devices and systems may malfunction if
liquids are splashed on them.
Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices
such as audio devices and switches.
Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or a fire
inside the vehicle.
If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on
electrical devices, consult a dealer.
Depending on their composition, chemicals and
liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles,
and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles.
Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as
benzene or gasoline.

Maintenance

320

After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them
off using a dry cloth.
Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts
or textiles for long periods of time without washing.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

321 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuCleaninguInterior Care

■ Floor Mats

1Floor Mats

Unlock

Lock

The driver’s floor mat hooks over the floor
anchors, which keep the mat from sliding
forward. To remove a mat for cleaning, turn
the anchor knobs to the unlock position.
When reinstalling the mat after cleaning, turn
the knobs to the lock position.

If you use any floor mats that were not originally
provided with your vehicle, make sure they are
designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and
are securely anchored by the floor anchors.
Position the rear seat floor mats properly. If they are
not properly positioned, the floor mats can interfere
with the front seat functions.

Do not put additional floor mats on top of
the anchored mat.

■ Maintaining Genuine Leather *
Vacuum dirt and dust from the leather frequently. Pay close attention to the pleats
and seams. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a 90% water and
10% neutral soap solution. Then buff it with a clean, dry cloth. Remove any dust or
dirt on leather surfaces immediately.
Maintenance

* Not available on all models

321

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

322 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuCleaninguExterior Care

Exterior Care
Dust off the vehicle body after you drive.
Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a
painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it.

■ Washing the Vehicle
Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following
conditions:
• If driving on roads with road salt.
• If driving in coastal areas.
• If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.

1Washing the Vehicle
It can cause a malfunction.

■ Using an Automated Car Wash
Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash:
• Remove the audio antenna.
• Fold in the door mirrors.
Maintenance

322

■ Using High Pressure Cleaners
• Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body.
• Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to
enter the vehicle interior.
• Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead,
use low pressure water and a mild detergent.

Air Intake
Vents

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

323 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuCleaninguExterior Care

■ Applying Wax

1Applying Wax

A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the
elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the
elements, so reapply as necessary.

■ Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they
may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and
clean water.

■ Cleaning the Window

NOTICE

Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage
the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe up
spills immediately.
1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when
you want to repair the painted surface of the parts
made of resin.

1Cleaning the Window
Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window.
Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a
soft cloth so as not to damage them.

Wipe using a glass cleaner.

Maintenance

Continued

323

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

324 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuCleaninguExterior Care

■ Maintaining Aluminum Wheels
Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road
contaminants. Use a sponge and mild detergent to wipe away promptly.
Be careful not to use harsh chemicals (including some commercial wheel cleaners) or
a stiff brush. They can damage the clear coat of the aluminum alloy wheels that
helps keep the aluminum from corroding and tarnishing.

■ Fogged Exterior Light Lenses

Maintenance

324

The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily
if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash.
Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant
enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to
vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural
processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights.
Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame
surfaces. This also is not a malfunction.
However, if you see large amounts water accumulation, or large water drops
building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

325 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Handling the Unexpected
This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.

Tools
Types of Tools .................................. 326
If a Tire Goes Flat
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire....... 327
Changing a Flat Tire ......................... 335
Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine ........................ 341

If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is
Weak..........................................342
Emergency Engine Stop ................... 343
Jump Starting.................................... 344
Shift Lever Does Not Move .............. 346

Overheating
How to Handle Overheating............. 347
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking

If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes
On.................................................. 349
If the 12 Volt Battery Charging System
Indicator Comes On ....................... 349
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes
On or Blinks..................................... 350
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes
On......................................................351

If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator Comes On .............................351
If the IMA Indicator Comes On ........ 352
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks ....................... 352
Fuses
Fuse Locations ................................. 353
Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 355
Emergency Towing........................... 356

325

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

326 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Tools
Types of Tools
Models with optional compact spare

1Types of Tools
The tools are stored in the trunk.
Wheel Nut Wrench/
Jack Handle

Tool Case
Handling the Unexpected

326

Jack

Jack Handle Bar

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

327 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

If a Tire Goes Flat
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
This vehicle is not equipped with a spare tire. If the tire has a large cut or is otherwise
severely damaged, you will need to have the vehicle towed. If the tire only has a
small puncture, from a nail for instance, you can use the temporary tire repair kit so
that you can drive to the nearest service station for a more permanent repair.
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then stop in a safe place.

Contact
Area

■ Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
Pressure Gauge

AIR ONLY side

Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)

Inflator Switch

Instruction
Manual
Air Only Hose (Black)
SEALANT/AIR side

When the puncture is:

Kit Use

Smaller than 3/16 inch
(4mm)

Yes

Larger than 3/16 inch
(4mm)

• Damage has been caused by driving with the tire
extremely under inflated.

• The tire bead is no longer seated.
• The rim is damaged.

Tire Sealant
Expiration Date
Pressure Relief
Button

The kit should not be used in the following situations.
Instead, contact a dealer or a roadside assistant to
have the vehicle towed.
• The tire sealant has expired.
• More than one tire is punctured.
• The puncture or cut is larger than 3/16 inch (4 mm).
• The tire side wall is damaged or the puncture is
outside the tire contact area.

Repair Notification Label
Power Plug

Handling the Unexpected

1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking
brake.
2. Put the shift lever in (P .
3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).

1Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

Do not remove a nail or screw that punctured the
tire. If you remove it from the tire, you may not be
able to repair the puncture using the kit.

Speed Restriction Label

Selector Switch
Continued

327

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

328 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

1. Open the trunk floor lid.

1Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire
When making a temporary repair, carefully read the
instruction manual provided with the kit.
In cold temperatures, the sealant may not flow easily.
In this situation, warm it up for five minutes before
using.

Handling the Unexpected

328

2. Take the kit out of the case.
u Place the kit face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, and away from traffic. Do
not place the kit on its side.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

329 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

■ Injecting Sealant and Air
Valve Cap

1Injecting Sealant and Air

1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve
stem.

Valve Stem

Tire sealant contains substances that are
harmful and can be fatal if swallowed.
If accidentally swallowed, do not induce
vomiting. Drink plenty of water and get
medical attention immediately.
For skin or eye contact, flush with cool
water and get medical attention if
necessary.
In cold temperatures, the sealant may not flow easily.
In this situation, warm it up for five minutes before
using.
The sealant can permanently stain clothing and other
materials. Be careful during handling and wipe away
any spills immediately.

Sealant/Air Hose

Handling the Unexpected

2. Remove the sealant/air hose from the
packaging.

Sealant/Air Hose

3 WARNING

3. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire
valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.

Valve Stem
Continued

329

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

330 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

4. Plug in the compressor to the accessory
power socket.
u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window.
5. Start the engine.
u Keep the engine running while injecting
sealant and air.

1Injecting Sealant and Air

3 WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
monoxide.

2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 64

Handling the Unexpected

6. Turn the selector switch to SEALANT/
AIR.

NOTICE

Do not operate the tire repair kit compressor for
more than 15 minutes. The accessory power socket
and compressor can overheat and become
permanently damaged.

SEALANT/AIR side
Pressure Gauge

OFF

330

Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.

7. Press the inflator switch to turn on the
compressor.
u The compressor starts injecting sealant
and air into the tire.
8. When the sealant injection is complete,
continue to add air.
9. After the air pressure reaches 32 psi (220
kPa), turn off the kit.
u To check the pressure, occasionally turn
off the compressor and read the gauge.

Until the sealant injection is complete, the pressure
shown on the pressure gauge will appear higher than
actual. After the sealant injection is complete the
pressure will drop and then begin to rise again as the
tire is inflated with air. This is normal. To accurately
measure the air pressure using the gauge, turn the air
compressor off only after the sealant injection is
complete.
If the required air pressure is not reached within 10
minutes, the tire may be too severely damaged for
the kit to provide the necessary seal and your vehicle
will need to be towed.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

331 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

Sealant/Air Hose

10. Unplug the power plug from the accessory
power socket.
11. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
12. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns 0 psi (0 kPa).

1Injecting Sealant and Air
See a Honda dealer for a replacement sealant bottle
and proper disposal of an empty bottle.

Valve Stem
Repair Notification Label

■ Distributing the Sealant in the Tire

1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire

1. Apply the speed restriction label to the
location as shown.
2. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes.
u Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
3. Stop the vehicle in a safe place.

Handling the Unexpected

13. Apply the repair notification label to the
flat surface of the wheel.
u The wheel surface must be clean to
ensure the label adheres properly.

Stop and recheck the air pressure after every 10
minutes of driving as necessary until you reach the
nearest service station where you should have the tire
permanently repaired or replaced.

Speed Restriction Label
Continued

331

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

332 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

4. Attach the air only hose onto the tire valve
stem. Screw it until it is tight.
5. Turn the selector switch to AIR ONLY.
u Do not turn the air compressor on to
check the pressure.
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
P. 333
Air Only Hose

Handling the Unexpected

332

6. If the air pressure is:
• Less than 19 psi (130 kPa):
Do not add air or continue driving. The leak is too severe. Call for help and
have your vehicle towed.
2 Emergency Towing P. 356

• 32 psi (220 kPa) or more:
Continue driving for another 10 minutes or until you reach the nearest service
station. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
u If the air does not go down after the 10 minute driving, you do not need to
check the pressure any more.
• Greater than 19 psi (130 kPa), but less than 32 psi (220 kPa):
Turn the air compressor on to inflate the tire until the tire pressure reaches 32
psi (220 kPa).
Then drive carefully for 10 more minutes or until you reach the nearest service
station. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
u You should repeat this procedure as long as the air pressure is within this
range.
7. Press the pressure relief button until the gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
8. Repackage and properly stow the kit.

1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire

3 WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

333 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

■ Inflating an Under-inflated Tire

1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
NOTICE

You can use the kit to inflate a non-punctured under-inflated tire.
1. Open the trunk floor lid.
2 Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair
the Flat Tire P. 327

Air Only Hose

Handling the Unexpected

2. Remove the kit from the case.
u Place the kit on flat ground near the tire
to be inflated, away from traffic.
3. Place the kit, face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, away from traffic. Do not
place the kit on its side.
4. Remove the air only hose from the kit.
5. Remove the valve cap.

Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit
compressor for more than 15 minutes. The accessory
power socket and compressor can overheat and
become permanently damaged.

Valve Cap
Air Only Hose

6. Attach the air only hose onto the tire valve
stem. Screw it until it is tight.

Valve Stem
Continued

333

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

334 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

7. Plug in the kit to the accessory power
socket.
u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window.
8. Start the engine.
u Keep the engine running while injecting
air.

1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire

3 WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
monoxide.

2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 64

Handling the Unexpected

AIR ONLY
side

Pressure Relief Button

334

9. Turn the selector switch to AIR ONLY.
10. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit.
u The compressor starts to inject air into
the tire.
11. Inflate the tire to the specified air pressure.

12. Turn off the kit.
u Check the pressure gauge on the air
compressor.
u If overinflated, press the pressure relief
button.
13. Unplug the kit from the accessory power
socket.
14. Unscrew the air only hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
15. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns 0 psi (0 kPa).
16. Repackage and properly stow the kit.

Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

335 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

Models with optional compact spare tire

Changing a Flat Tire

1Changing a Flat Tire

If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact
spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire repaired or
replaced.

When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the
vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with
a full-size tire as soon as possible.
The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are
specifically for this model. Do not use them with
another vehicle. Do not use another type of compact
spare tire or wheel with your vehicle.
Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire.
If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of
the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact
spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it
with the full-size tire that was removed from the rear.
Mount the tire chains on the front tire.

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, and non-slippery surface, and apply the parking
brake.
2. Move the shift lever to (P .
3. Set the parking brake.
4. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK).

Follow compact spare precautions:
Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact
spare. It should be set to the specified pressure.
Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2)

335

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

336 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

■ Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
1. Open the trunk floor lid.

Handling the Unexpected

Compact Spare Tire
Tool Case

2. Take the tool case out of the trunk. Take
the jack and wheel nut wrench out of the
tool case.
3. Unscrew the wing bolt, and remove the
spacer cone. Then, remove the compact
spare tire.

4. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear
of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.

The tire to be replaced.

336

Wheel
Blocks

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

337 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

5. Place the compact spare tire (wheel side up)
under the vehicle body, near the tire that
needs to be replaced.

Jack
Handle
Bar

7. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn
using the wheel nut wrench.

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

6. Remove the center cap from the wheel with
the jack handle bar.
u Wrap the jack handle bar with a cloth to
prevent scratches.

337

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

338 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

■ How to Set Up the Jack

1How to Set Up the Jack

1. Place the jack under the jacking point
closest to the tire to be changed.

3 WARNING
The vehicle can easily roll off the jack,
seriously injuring anyone underneath.
Follow the directions for changing a tire
exactly, and never get under the vehicle
when it is supported only by the jack.

Handling the Unexpected

2. Turn the end bracket clockwise as shown in
the image until the top of the jack contacts
the jacking point.
u Make sure that the jacking point tab is
resting in the jack notch.

3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar
and the jack handle, until the tire is off the
ground.

Jack
Handle
Bar

338

Wheel Nut
Wrench as Jack Handle

Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the
vehicle.
Use the jack provided in your vehicle.
Other jacks may not support the weight (“load”) or
may not fit the jacking point.
The following instructions must be followed to use
the jack safely:
• Do not use while the engine is running.
• Use only where the ground is firm and level.
• Use only at the jacking points.
• Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack.
• Do not put anything on top of or underneath the
jack.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

339 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

■ Replacing the Flat Tire

1Replacing the Flat Tire

1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.

Handling the Unexpected

2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel
with a clean cloth.
3. Mount the compact spare tire.
4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the
lips around the mounting holes, then stop
rotating.

Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra
torque using your foot or a pipe.

5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack.
Tighten the wheel nuts in the order
indicated in the image. Go around,
tightening the nuts, two to three times in
this order.
Wheel nut torque:
80 lbf∙ft (108 N∙m, 11 kgf∙m)

Continued

339

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

340 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

■ Storing the Flat Tire
Wing Bolt

For normal
tire

Spacer
Cone

For compact spare tire

1Storing the Flat Tire

1. Remove the center cap.
2. Place the flat tire face down in the compact
spare tire well.
3. Remove the spacer cone from the wing
bolt, flip it over, and insert it back on the
bolt. Secure the flat tire with the wing bolt.
4. Securely put the jack and wheel nut wrench
back in the tool case. Store the case in the
trunk.

Handling the Unexpected

■ TPMS and the Compact Spare Tire
U.S. models

If you replace a flat tire with the compact spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS
indicator comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers),
the indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on. CHECK TPMS
SYSTEM appears on the i-MID, but this is normal.
Calibrate the TPMS when you replace the tire with a specified regular tire.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 263

340

3 WARNING
Loose items can fly around the interior in a
crash and can seriously injure the
occupants.
Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely
before driving.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

341 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine
If the engine does not start, check the starter.

1Checking the Engine
If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an
assisting vehicle to jump start it.
2 Jump Starting P. 344

Starter condition
Starter doesn’t turn or turns
over slowly.
The 12 volt battery may be dead.
Check each of the items on the
right and respond accordingly.

Checklist
Check for a message on the i-MID.
● If the TO START, HOLD REMOTE NEAR START BUTTON message appears
2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak P. 342

uMake sure the keyless remote is in its operating range.
2 ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range P. 121

2 12 Volt Battery P. 317
●

If the interior lights come on normally
2 Fuses P. 353

The starter turns over normally
but the engine doesn’t start.
There may be a problem with the
fuse. Check each of the items on
the right and respond accordingly.

Review the engine start procedure.
Follow its instructions, and try to start the engine again.
2 Starting the Engine P. 238

Check the immobilizer system indicator.
When the immobilizer system indicator is blinking, the engine cannot be started.

Handling the Unexpected

Check the brightness of the interior lights.
Turn on the interior lights and check the brightness.
● If the interior lights are dim or do not come on at all

2 Immobilizer System P. 117

Check the fuel level.
There should be enough fuel in the tank.
2 Fuel Gauge P. 84

Check the fuse.
Check all fuses, or have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 355

If the problem continues:
2 Emergency Towing P. 356

341

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

342 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuEngine Does Not StartuIf the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak

If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak

Handling the Unexpected

342

If the beeper sounds, the TO START, HOLD REMOTE NEAR START BUTTON
message appears on the i-MID, the indicator on the ENGINE START/STOP button
flashes, and the engine won’t start, start the engine as follows.
1. Touch the center of the ENGINE START/
STOP button with the H logo on the smart
entry remote while the indicator on the
ENGINE START/STOP button is flashing.
The buttons on the smart entry remote
should be facing you.
u The indicator flashes for about 30
seconds.
2. Depress the brake pedal and press the
ENGINE START/STOP button within 10
seconds after the beeper sounds and the
indicator stays on.
u If you don’t depress the pedal, the mode
will change to ACCESSORY.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

343 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuEngine Does Not StartuEmergency Engine Stop

Emergency Engine Stop
The ENGINE START/STOP button may be used to stop the engine due to an
emergency situation even while driving. If you must stop the engine, do either of the
following operations:
• Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for about two seconds.
• Firmly press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice.

The power mode is in ACCESSORY when the engine is stopped.
To change the mode to VEHICLE OFF, move the shift lever to (P after the vehicle
comes to a complete stop.
Canadian models

Then press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice without depressing the brake
pedal.

Do not press the button while driving unless it is
absolutely necessary for the engine to be switched
off.

Handling the Unexpected

The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the engine disables
the power assist the engine provides to the steering and braking systems, it will
require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Use
both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop immediately in a
safe place.

1Emergency Engine Stop

343

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

344 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Jump Starting
■ Jump Starting Procedure

Handling the Unexpected

344

Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine,
then open the hood.
1. Connect the first jumper cable to your
vehicle’s battery + terminal.
2. Connect the other end of the first jumper
cable to the booster battery + terminal.
u Use a 12-volt booster battery only.
u When using an automotive battery
charger to boost your 12-volt battery,
select a lower charging voltage than 15Booster Battery
volt. Check the charger manual for the
proper setting.
3. Connect the second jumper cable to the
booster battery - terminal.
4. Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable to the engine mounting bolt
as shown. Do not connect this jumper cable
to any other part.
5. If your vehicle is connected to another
vehicle, start the assisting vehicle’s engine
and increase its rpm slightly.
6. Attempt to start your vehicle’s engine. If it
turns over slowly, check that the jumper
cables have good metal-to-metal contact.

1Jump Starting

3 WARNING
A battery can explode if you do not follow
the correct procedure, seriously injuring
anyone nearby.
Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking
materials away from the battery.
Securely attach the jumper cables clips so that they
do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be
careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the
cable ends to touch each other while attaching or
detaching the jumper cables.
Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and
may prevent the engine from starting.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

345 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuJump Startingu

■ What to Do After the Engine Starts
Once your vehicle’s engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following
order.
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s ground.
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery terminal.
3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s battery + terminal.
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery +
terminal.
Handling the Unexpected

Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.

345

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

346 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Shift Lever Does Not Move
Follow the procedure below if you cannot move the shift lever out of the (P
position.

■ Releasing the Lock

Slot
Handling the Unexpected

Cover

Release
Button

346

Shift Lock
Release Slot

1. Set the parking brake.
2. Remove the built-in key from the smart
entry remote.
3. Wrap a cloth around the tip of a small flattip screwdriver. Put it into the shift lock
release slot as shown in the image, and
remove the cover.

4. Insert the key into the shift lock release slot.
5. While pushing the key down, press the shift
lever release button and place the shift lever
into (N .
u The lock is now released. Have the shift
lever checked by a dealer as soon as
possible.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

347 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Overheating
How to Handle Overheating
Overheating symptoms are as follows:
• The high temperature indicator comes on or the engine suddenly loses power.
• Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.

1How to Handle Overheating

3 WARNING
Steam and spray from an overheated
engine can seriously scald you.

■ First thing to do
1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.
2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights.
u No steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood.
u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides.
Then open the hood.

Do not open the hood if steam is coming
out.
NOTICE

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

Continuing to drive with the high temperature
indicator on may damage the engine.

347

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

348 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating

■ Next thing to do

1How to Handle Overheating

MAX

MIN

Reserve
Tank

Handling the Unexpected

1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and
stop the engine once the high temperature
indicator goes off.
u If the cooling fan is not operating,
immediately stop the engine.
2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect
the coolant level and check the cooling
system components for leaks.
u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is
low, add coolant until it reaches the
MAX mark.
u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank,
check that the radiator is cool. Cover the
radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open
the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to
the base of the filler neck, and put the
cap back on.

■ Last thing to do
Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the high temperature
indicator.
If the high temperature indicator is off, resume driving. If it stays on, contact a dealer
for repairs.

348

3 WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.
Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only.
Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze
as soon as possible.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

349 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low.
■ What to do as soon as the indicator comes on
1. Immediately park the vehicle on level ground in a safe place.
2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on.
■ What to do after parking the vehicle
1. Stop the engine and let it sit for about three minutes.
2. Open the hood and check the oil level.
u Add oil as necessary.

1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On
NOTICE

Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause
serious mechanical damage almost immediately.

2 Oil Check P. 291

If the 12 Volt Battery Charging System Indicator
Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the 12 volt battery is not being charged.

■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical
systems, and immediately contact a dealer for repairs.

1If the 12 Volt Battery Charging System Indicator Comes On
If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the
engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge
the 12 volt battery.

Handling the Unexpected

3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure indicator.
u The indicator goes off: Start driving again.
u The indicator does not go off within 10 seconds: Stop the engine
and contact a dealer for repairs immediately.

This indicator may blink after starting when the
outside temperature is below -20°F (-30°C). It will
stop blinking after the IMA battery warms up.

349

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

350 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or
Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator lamp to come on or blink

Handling the Unexpected

• Comes on if there is a problem with the engine emissions control
system, or the fuel fill cap is missing, or loose.
• Blinks when engine misfiring is detected.
■ What to do when the indicator lamp comes on
Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a
dealer.
■ What to do when the indicator lamp blinks
Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least
10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.

■ Tighten Fuel Cap Message
■ The message appears on when:
An evaporative system leak is detected. This may be caused by the fuel fill cap being
loose or not being installed.

■ What to do when the message appears:
1. Stop the engine.
2. Check if the fuel fill cap is fully installed.
u If not, loosen the cap, and then retighten it until it clicks at least once.
3. Drive for several days of normal driving.
u The message should go off.

■ When the malfunction indicator lamp comes on
The malfunction indicator lamp comes on if the system continues to detect a leak of
gasoline vapor. If this happens, check the fuel fill cap using the procedures described
above.

350

1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE

If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on,
the emissions control system and the engine could be
damaged.
If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when
restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at
31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle
inspected.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

351 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On

If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On
U.S.

Canada

(Red)

■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• The brake fluid is low.
• There is a malfunction in the brake system.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on while driving
Press the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure.
• If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop.
• If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the
transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking.

■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• Comes on when there is a problem with EPS system.
• If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine
speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and
sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine.
If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.

Have your vehicle repaired immediately.
It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there
is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop
immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift
the gears.
If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come
on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution
system is not working. This can result in vehicle
instability under sudden braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.

Handling the Unexpected

If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator
Comes On

1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On

351

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

352 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the IMA Indicator Comes On

If the IMA Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when there is a problem with the IMA system.
■ What to do when the indicator come on
Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected by a
dealer.
U.S. models

If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or
Blinks
Handling the Unexpected

352

■ Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink
A tire pressure is significantly low, or the TPMS has not been calibrated.
If there is a problem with the TPMS or the compact spare tire is installed,
the indicator blinks for about one minute, and then stays on.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Drive carefully and avoid abrupt cornering and hard braking.
Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the
pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on
the driver side doorjamb.
u Calibrate the TPMS after the tire pressure is adjusted.
■ What to do when the indicator blinks, then remains on
Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact
spare tire * causes the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-size tire.
The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers).
u Calibrate the TPMS after a full-size tire is reinstalled.

* Not available on all models

1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE

Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause
it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always
inflate your tires to the prescribed level.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

353 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Fuses
Fuse Locations
If any electrical devices are not working, set
the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
and check to see if any applicable fuse is
blown.

■ Engine Compartment Fuse Box

■ Circuit protected and fuse rating

Located near the brake fluid reservoir. Push
the tabs to open the box.

Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box
cover.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and box cover number.

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Amps
70 A
40 A
30 A
30 A
30 A
100 A
30 A
60 A
60 A
30 A
30 A
30 A
−
40 A
−
20 A
20 A
−
15 A
7.5 A
15 A
−
−
−
−

11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29

Circuit Protected
Oil Level
LED Daytime Running
Lights
IMA 1
Hazard
FI Sub
IG Coil
Stop
Horn
IMA 2
Right Headlight Low Beam
IGP
DBW
Left Headlight Low Beam
Booster SOL
MG Clutch
Washer
SMALL
Interior Lights
Backup

Amps
7.5 A
10 A
7.5 A
10 A
15 A
20 A
15 A
10 A
10 A
15 A
15 A
15 A
15 A
15 A
7.5 A
15 A
20 A
7.5 A
10 A

Continued

Handling the Unexpected

Circuit Protected
EPS
Booster Motor
ABS/VSA Motor
ABS/VSA FSR
Wiper Motor
Main Fuse
IG Main
Fuse Box Main
Fuse Box Main 2
Headlight Main
ST MG
Rear Defogger
−
Blower
−
Sub Fan Motor
Main Fan Motor
−
IG Coil 2
Starter DIAG, ST MG
IG Coil 1
−
−
−
−

353

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

354 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuFusesuFuse Locations

■ Interior Fuse Box

10
11
12
13
14

Located under the dashboard.

15
Fuse Label
Handling the Unexpected

Fuse locations are shown on the label on
the side panel.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.

■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

354

Circuit Protected
−
ACG
SRS
Fuel Pump
Meter
Power Window
VB SOL
Door Lock Motor 2 (Unlock)
Door Lock Motor 1 (Unlock)

* Not available on all models

Amps
−
10 A
10 A
15 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
15 A
15 A
15 A

16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32

Circuit Protected
−
−
−
−
Seat Heaters *
Driver’s Door Lock Motor
(Unlock)
−
−
−
ACC
ACC Key Lock
Daytime Running Lights
HAC
HAC
ABS/VSA
ACC
−
Accessory Power Socket
(Front)
−
ODS
Driver’s Door Lock Motor
(Lock)
SMART
Door Lock Motor 2 (Lock)

Amps
−
−
−
−
(15 A)
(10 A)
−
−
−
7.5 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
(7.5 A)
7.5 A
7.5 A
−
20 A
−
7.5 A
(10 A)
10 A
15 A

Circuit Protected
33 Door Lock Motor 1 (Lock)
34
Small Lights
35
Illumination
36
−
37
−
38 Left Headlight High Beam
39 Right Headlight High Beam
40
−
41
Door Lock
42
Driver’s Power Window
Rear Passenger’s Side
43
Power Window
Front Passenger’s Side
44
Power Window
Rear Driver’s Side Power
45
Window
46
−

Amps
15 A
7.5 A
7.5 A
−
−
10 A
10 A
−
20 A
20 A
(20 A)
20 A
(20 A)
−

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

355 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuFusesuInspecting and Changing Fuses

Inspecting and Changing Fuses
Blown Fuse

Combined
Fuse

1Inspecting and Changing Fuses
NOTICE

Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating
greatly increases the chances of damaging the
electrical system.
Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified
amperage.
Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on
P. 353 to 354.
There is a fuse puller on the back of the engine
compartment fuse box cover.

Handling the Unexpected

Fuse Puller

1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK). Turn headlights and all accessories
off.
2. Remove the fuse box cover.
3. Check the large fuse in the engine
compartment.
u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head
screwdriver to remove the screw and
replace it with a new one.
4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine
compartment and the vehicle interior.
u If there is a burned out fuse, remove it
with the fuse puller and replace it with a
new one.

355

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

356 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Emergency Towing
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.

■ Flat bed equipment
The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck.
This is the best way to transport your vehicle.

■ Wheel lift equipment
The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off
the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to
tow your vehicle.
Handling the Unexpected

356

1Emergency Towing
NOTICE

Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will
cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed
to support the vehicle’s weight.
NOTICE

Improper towing such as towing behind a
motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the
transmission.
Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain.
It is very dangerous since ropes or chains may shift
from side to side or break.

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

357 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Information
This chapter includes your vehicle’s specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other
information required by regulation.

Specifications .................................... 358
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number and Transmission
Number ......................................... 360
Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 361
Reporting Safety Defects ................. 362

Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 363
Warranty Coverages ........................ 365
Authorized Manuals......................... 367
Customer Service Information......... 368

357

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

358 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Specifications
■ Vehicle Specifications

■ Engine Specifications

Model
No. of Passengers:
Front
Rear
Total
Weights:
Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Front)

Honda Civic Hybrid

Displacement
Spark Plugs

2
3
5

■ Fuel

Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Rear)
Air Conditioning:
Refrigerant Type
Charge Quantity
Lubricant Type

Information

358

Type
Fuel Tank Capacity

U.S.: 3,837 lbs (1,740 kg)
Canada: 1,740 kg

U.S.: 1,852 lbs (840 kg)
Canada: 840 kg
HFC-134a (R-134a)
13.2 – 15.0 oz (375 – 425 g)
SE-10Y

Unleaded gasoline, Pump octane number
of 87 or higher
13.2 US gal (50 ℓ)

■ Washer Fluid
Tank Capacity

U.S.: 2,007 lbs (910 kg)
Canada: 910 kg

91 cu-in (1,497 cm3)
NGK
DILFR6J11

U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 ℓ)
Canada: 4.8 US qt (4.5 ℓ)

■ Light Bulbs
Headlights (Low Beam)
Headlights (High Beam)
Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side
Marker Lights
Daytime Running Lights
Rear Side Marker Lights
Brake/Taillights
Back-Up Lights
Taillights
Rear Turn Signal Lights
High-Mount Brake Light
License Plate Light
Trunk Light
Interior Lights
Map Light
Ceiling Light

51W (HB4)
60W (HB3)
28/8W
LED
LED
LED
16W
LED
21W (Amber)
LED
5W
5W
8W
8W

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

359 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuSpecificationsu

■ Brake Fluid
Specified

Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3

■ Transmission Fluid
Specified
Capacity

Honda CVTF (continuously variable
transmission fluid)
Change
2.95 US qt (2.8 ℓ)

■ Engine Oil
Recommended

Capacity

■ Tire
·Genuine Honda Motor Oil 0W-20
·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil
Change
3.6 US qt (3.4 ℓ)
Change
including
3.8 US qt (3.6 ℓ)
filter

Regular
Compact
Spare*1

■ Engine Coolant

Wheel Size

Specified
Ratio

*1: Optional

Capacity

Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2
50/50 with distilled water
1.37 US gal (5.18 ℓ)
(change including the remaining
0.125 US gal (0.475 ℓ) in the reserve tank)

Size
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])
Size
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])
Regular
Compact Spare*1

P195/65R15 89S
32 (220 [2.2])
T135/80D15 99M
60 (420 [4.2])
15 x 6J
15 x 4T

Information

359

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

360 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number
and Transmission Number
Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your
vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle.
The locations of your vehicle’s VIN, engine number and transmission number are
shown as follows.
Engine Number

Vehicle Identification Number

IMA Motor Number

Information

360

Transmission Number

Certification Label/
Vehicle Identification Number

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

361 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Devices that Emit Radio Waves
The following products and systems on your vehicle emit radio waves when in
operation.
Audio System
Bluetooth® Audio
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Immobilizer System
Smart Entry System
Each of the above complies with the appropriate requirements or the required
standards of FCC (Federal Communications Commission) and Industry Canada
Standard, described below:

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to
operate the equipment.

Information

As required by the FCC:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.

This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS-Gen/210/310. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference,
and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.

361

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

362 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Reporting Safety Defects
In the U.S.
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to
notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists
in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-4249153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE.,
Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://
www.safercar.gov.
In Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.
Information

If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada
cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.
To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For
more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/
roadsafety.

362

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

363 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes
Your vehicle uses “readiness codes,” as part of its onboard self diagnostic system.
Some states refer to these codes during testing to see if your vehicle’s emissions
components are working properly.
The codes may not be read if you go through the testing just after the battery has
gone dead or been disconnected.
To check if they are set, set the power mode to ON, without starting the engine. The
malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then goes off, the
readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are not set.

1Testing of Readiness Codes
The readiness codes are erased when the 12 volt
battery is disconnected, and set again only after
several days of driving under a variety of conditions.
If a testing facility determines that the readiness
codes are not set, you may be requested to return at
a later date to complete the test.
If the testing facility determines the readiness codes
are still not set, see a dealer.

If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready,
prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:

Continued

Information

1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full.
2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 6 hours or more.
3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 95°F (4°C and 35°C).
4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20
seconds.
5. Keep the vehicle in (P . Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there
for about 3 minutes.
6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds.

363

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

364 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes

7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed
of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in
(D . Do not use cruise control. When traffic allows, drive for 90 seconds without
moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary slightly; this is okay.) If you
cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds because of traffic conditions, drive for
at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two more times (for a total of 90 seconds).
8. Drive in city/suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions
allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal
or the brake pedal.
9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes.

Information

364

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

365 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Warranty Coverages
■ U.S. Owners
Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:
New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the
emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and
workmanship.
Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance
Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems.
Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for
exact information.
Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered
by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered for
rust-through from the inside for the specified time period with no mileage limit.
Information

Accessory Limited Warranty – Honda accessories are covered under this
warranty. Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other
factors. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Honda replacement parts
against defects in materials and workmanship.

Continued

365

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

366 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

uuWarranty Coveragesu

Replacement Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage for a
replacement battery purchased from your dealer.
Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as
long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.
Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Honda
warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on
warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer.
Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.

■ Canadian Owners
Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.

Information

366

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

367 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Authorized Manuals
■ Service Express:
For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to
Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options.

1Authorized Manuals
For Canadian Owners:
Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you
may require.

■ For U.S. Owners:
Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by
phone at (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.

Information

367

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

368 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Customer Service Information
Honda dealership personnel are trained professionals.
They should be able to answer all your questions. If you encounter a problem that
your dealership does not solve to your satisfaction, please discuss it with the
dealership’s service manager or general manager. If you are dissatisfied with the
decision made by the dealership’s management, contact Honda Customer Services.

U.S. Owners:
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
Honda Automobile Customer Services
Mail Stop 500-2N-7A
1919 Torrance Blvd.
Torrance, CA 90501-2746
Tel: (800) 999-1009

Information

368

In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin
Islands:
Bella International
P.O. Box 190816
San Juan, PR 00919-0816
Tel: (787) 620-7546

Canadian Owners:
Honda Canada Inc.
Customer Relations
180 Honda Boulevard
Markham, ON
L6C 0H9
Tel: 1-888-9-HONDA-9
Fax: 1-877-939-0909
E-mail: Honda_cr@ch.honda.com

1Customer Service Information
When you call or write, please give us the following
information:
• Vehicle Identification Number
2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number and Transmission
Number P. 360
• Date of purchase
• Odometer reading of your vehicle
• Your name, address, and telephone number
• A detailed description of the problem
• Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

369 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Index
Index
A

USB/HDMI® Port ...................................... 149
Authorized Manuals ................................ 367
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking................. 113
Customize......................................... 93, 100
Auto Idle Stop .......................................... 246
Auto Idle Stop Indicator ............................ 74
Automatic Lighting .................................. 125
Automatic Transmission (CVT)................. 242
Creeping ................................................. 242
Fluid........................................................ 297
Kickdown................................................ 242
Operating the Shift Lever................... 20, 244
Shift Lever Does Not Move ...................... 346
Shifting ................................................... 243
Average Fuel Economy .............................. 88
Average Speed ........................................... 89

B
Battery ...................................................... 317
Charging System Indicator................. 69, 349
Jump Starting.......................................... 344
Maintenance (Checking the 12 Volt
Battery) ................................................. 317
Maintenance (Replacing) ......................... 318
Belts (Seat) .................................................. 32
Beverage Holders ..................................... 141
Bluetooth® Audio ..................................... 178
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®..................... 205
Booster Seats (For Children) ...................... 63

Index

ABS (Anti-lock Brake System).................. 269
Accessories and Modifications ................ 277
Accessory Power Socket........................... 142
Additives
Coolant .................................................. 295
Engine Oil ............................................... 292
Washer ................................................... 299
Additives, Engine Oil ............................... 290
Adjusting
Armrest .................................................. 138
Clock ...................................................... 102
Front Seats.............................................. 134
Head Restraints....................................... 136
Headlights .............................................. 300
Mirrors.................................................... 132
Steering Wheel ....................................... 131
Temperature ............................................. 89
Adjusting the Clock ................................. 102
Air Conditioning System (Climate Control
System).................................................... 144
Changing the Mode................................ 144
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows .............................................. 145
Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 319
Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode................... 144
Sensor .................................................... 146
Using Automatic Climate Control............ 144
Air Pressure ...................................... 308, 359
Airbags ....................................................... 39
Advanced Airbags..................................... 45

After a Collision......................................... 43
Airbag Care ............................................... 51
Event Data Recorders................................... 0
Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 42
Indicator .............................................. 49, 71
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator .................. 50
Sensors...................................................... 45
Side Airbags .............................................. 46
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 48
AM/FM Radio ............................................ 161
Ambient Meter ........................................... 10
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 269
Indicator .................................................... 71
Armrest ..................................................... 138
Audio Antenna ......................................... 150
Audio Remote Controls...................... 19, 152
Audio System ............................................ 148
Adjusting the Sound ................................ 159
Error Messages ........................................ 184
General Information ................................ 188
Internet Radio.......................................... 173
iPod......................................................... 170
MP3/WMA/AAC .............................. 170, 175
Reactivating............................................. 151
Recommended CDs ................................. 189
Recommended Devices ............................ 191
Remote Controls ..................................... 152
Security Code .......................................... 151
Theft Protection....................................... 151
USB Adapter Cable .................................. 150
USB Flash Drives ...................................... 191

369

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

370 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Brake System............................................. 267
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ................... 269
Brake Assist System ................................. 270
Brake System Indicator (Red).............. 68, 351
Fluid ........................................................ 298
Foot Brake ............................................... 268
Indicator (Amber)....................................... 68
Indicator (Red) ................................... 68, 351
Parking Brake .......................................... 267
Brightness Control (Instrument Panel) .... 129
Bulb Replacement..................................... 300
Back-Up Light .......................................... 304
Brake/Taillight and Rear Side Maker
Light ...................................................... 303
Bulb Specifications................................... 358
Daytime Running Light ............................ 301
Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker
Light ...................................................... 302
Headlights ............................................... 300
High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 305
Rear License Plate Light............................ 305
Rear Turn Signal Light.............................. 303
Taillight ................................................... 304
Bulb Specifications.................................... 358
Index

C
Carbon Monoxide Gas................................ 64
Carrying Cargo.................................. 233, 235
CD Player ................................................... 167
Center Pocket............................................ 141

370

Changing Bulbs ........................................ 300
Charging System Indicator................. 69, 349
Child Safety................................................. 52
Childproof Door Locks............................. 112
Emergency Trunk Opener ........................ 116
Child Seat.................................................... 52
Booster Seats ............................................ 63
Child Seat for Infants................................. 54
Child Seat for Small Children..................... 55
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt.................................................. 59
Larger Children ......................................... 62
Rear-facing Child Seat ............................... 54
Selecting a Child Seat................................ 56
Using a Tether........................................... 61
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 112
Cleaning the Exterior ............................... 322
Cleaning the Interior................................ 320
Climate Control System............................ 144
Changing the Mode ................................ 144
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows............................................... 145
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 319
Recirculation and Fresh Air Mode ............ 144
Sensors ................................................... 146
Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 144
Clock.......................................................... 102
Coat Hook................................................. 142
Compact Spare Tire .......................... 335, 359
Console Compartment ............................. 140
Controls..................................................... 101

Coolant (Engine) ...................................... 295
Adding to the Radiator ........................... 296
Adding to the Reserve Tank .................... 295
High Temperature Indicator ...................... 76
Low Temperature Indicator ....................... 76
Overheating............................................ 347
Creep Aid System ..................................... 240
Creeping ................................................... 242
Cruise Control .......................................... 249
Indicator ................................................... 75
Cup Holders .............................................. 141
Customer Service Information ................ 368
Customized Features ......................... 93, 192

D
Daytime Running Lights .......................... 127
Dead Battery ............................................ 344
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows ................................................. 145
Devices that Emit Radio Waves ............... 361
Dimming
Headlights .............................................. 124
Rearview Mirror ...................................... 132
Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................ 291
Directional Signals (Turn Signal) ............. 124
Display Button.......................................... 155
Display/Information Button ...................... 85
Door Mirrors............................................. 132
Doors ........................................................ 103
Auto Door Locking.................................. 113

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

371 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Auto Door Unlocking .............................. 113
Door Open Indicator ........................... 31, 72
Keys........................................................ 103
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside .................................................... 110
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside ................................................. 106
Lockout prevention system...................... 109
DOT Tire Quality Grading........................ 311
Driving ...................................................... 231
Automatic Transmission (CVT)................. 242
Braking ................................................... 267
Cruise Control ........................................ 249
Shifting Position...................................... 243
Starting the Engine ................................. 238
Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 319

Filters......................................................... 319
Dust and Pollen ....................................... 319
Oil........................................................... 293
Flat Tire ..................................................... 335
Floor Mats................................................. 321
Fluids
Brake ...................................................... 298
Continuously Variable Transmission
(CVT)..................................................... 297
Engine Coolant ....................................... 295
Windshield Washer ................................. 299
Foot Brake ................................................ 268
Forward Collision Warning (FCW)........... 252
Indicator.................................................... 77
Front Airbags (SRS)..................................... 42
Front Seats ................................................ 134
Adjusting ................................................ 134
Fuel...................................................... 21, 273
Economy ................................................. 276
Gauge....................................................... 84
Instant Fuel Economy ................................ 89
Instant Fuel Economy Gauge ..................... 84
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 70
Range ....................................................... 88
Recommendation .................................... 273
Refueling................................................. 273
Fuel Economy ........................................... 276
Fuel Fill Cap ........................................ 21, 275
Message.................................................. 350
Fuel Fill Door ...................................... 21, 274

Index

Eco Assist System........................................ 10
Eco Drive Bar ........................................ 11, 91
Eco Guide ............................................. 11, 90
Eco Score .............................................. 11, 90
ECON Button ............................................ 245
ECON Mode Indicator................................ 76
Elapsed Time .............................................. 88
Electric Power Steering System (EPS)
Indicator ........................................... 73, 351
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ............ 259
Emergency................................................ 356
Emergency Engine Stop........................... 343

Emergency Trunk Opener ........................ 116
Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes) ....... 363
Engine
Coolant ................................................... 295
Jump Starting .......................................... 344
Oil ........................................................... 290
Starting ................................................... 238
Switch Buzzer .......................................... 123
Engine Coolant ......................................... 295
Adding to the Radiator ............................ 296
Adding to the Reserve Tank ..................... 295
High Temperature Indicator ....................... 76
Low Temperature Indicator ........................ 76
Overheating ............................................ 347
Engine Oil ................................................. 290
Adding .................................................... 292
Checking ................................................. 291
Displaying Oil Life .................................... 284
Low Oil Pressure Indicator.................. 72, 349
Recommended Engine Oil........................ 290
ENGINE START/STOP Button .................... 121
EPS (Electric Power Steering)
System ............................................... 73, 351
Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide) .. 64
Expanded View Driver’s Mirror ............... 133
Exterior Care (Cleaning) ........................... 322
Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 132

Features..................................................... 147

371

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

372 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Fuses .......................................................... 353
Inspecting and Changing ......................... 355
Locations ......................................... 353, 354

G
Gasoline (Fuel)
Economy ................................................. 276
Gauge ....................................................... 84
Information ............................................. 273
Instant Fuel Economy........................... 84, 89
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 70
Refueling ................................................. 273
Gauges......................................................... 84
Gear Shift Lever Positions
Automatic Transmission (CVT) ................. 243
Glass (care) ................................................ 322
Glove Box .................................................. 140

Index

372

Halogen Bulbs...........................................
Handling the Unexpected ........................
HandsFreeLink® (HFL) ...............................
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook
and Call History .....................................
Displaying Messages ................................
HFL Buttons .............................................
HFL Menus ..............................................
HFL Status Display....................................
HondaLink Assist .....................................

300
325
205
217
226
205
207
206
230

Making a Call.......................................... 220
Options During a Call .............................. 223
Phone Setup............................................ 211
Receiving a Call ....................................... 223
Receiving a Text Message/E-mail.............. 224
Ring Tone................................................ 216
Selecting a Mail Account ......................... 225
Speed Dial............................................... 218
To Set Up a Text Message/E-mail
Options ................................................. 215
Hazard Warning Button .............................. 4
Head Restraints ........................................ 136
Headlights................................................. 125
Aiming .................................................... 300
Automatic Operation............................... 125
Dimming ......................................... 124, 127
Operating........................................ 124, 127
Heaters (Seat) ........................................... 143
HFL (HandsFreeLink®)............................... 205
High Beam Indicator .................................. 75
High Temperature Indicator...................... 76
Hill Start Assist System ............................. 240
Honda IMA System..................................... 12
HondaLink Assist ...................................... 230

I
Identification Numbers ............................
Vehicle Identification ...............................
Illumination Control.................................
Knob.......................................................

360
360
129
129

IMA System Indicator................................. 74
i-MID (intelligent Multi-Information
Display) ..................................................... 85
Immobilizer System.................................. 117
Indicator ................................................... 75
Indicators.................................................... 68
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................... 71
Auto Idle Stop........................................... 74
Brake System (Amber) ............................... 68
Charging System............................... 69, 349
CRUISE CONTROL ............................. 75, 250
CRUISE MAIN.................................... 75, 249
Door Open................................................ 31
ECON Mode ..................................... 76, 245
Electric Power Steering (EPS)
System ............................................ 73, 351
Forward Collision Warning (FCW) ............. 77
High Beam................................................ 75
High Temperature ..................................... 76
IMA System .............................................. 74
Immobilizer System ................................... 75
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ................ 78
Lights On .................................................. 75
Low Fuel ................................................... 70
Low Oil Pressure ............................... 72, 349
Low Temperature...................................... 76
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS .................... 73, 263
Malfunction Indicator Lamp .............. 69, 350
Parking Brake and Brake System ....... 68, 351
Seat Belt Reminder.............................. 33, 70
Security System Alarm............................... 76

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

373 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Shift Lever Position.................................... 69
Smart Entry System ................................... 79
Supplemental Restraint System ........... 49, 71
System Message ....................................... 74
Transmission ............................................. 70
Trunk Open .............................................. 72
Turn Signal ............................................... 74
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®)
System ............................................ 71, 259
VSA® OFF.......................................... 72, 260
Information .............................................. 357
Instant Fuel Economy ................................ 89
Instant Fuel Economy Gauge .................... 84
Instrument Panel........................................ 67
Brightness Control .................................. 129
intelligent Multi-Information Display
(i-MID)....................................................... 85
Interior Lights........................................... 139
Interior Rearview Mirror ......................... 132

J
Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench)........................ 338
Jump Starting........................................... 344

Key Number Tag ...................................... 104
Keyless Lockout Prevention..................... 109
Keys
Lockout Prevention ................................. 109

L
Lane Departure Warning (LDW).............. 256
LaneWatchTM ............................................. 261
Language (HFL)......................................... 206
LATCH (Child Seats) .................................... 57
Lights................................................. 124, 300
Automatic ............................................... 125
Bulb Replacement.................................... 300
Daytime Running Lights ........................... 127
High Beam Indicator .................................. 75
Interior .................................................... 139
Light Switches ......................................... 124
Lights On Indicator .................................... 75
Turn Signals............................................. 124
Load Limits ................................................ 235
Locking and Unlocking ............................ 103
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .................. 113
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 112
From Inside.............................................. 110
From Outside........................................... 106
Keys ........................................................ 103
Using a Key ............................................. 109
Lockout Prevention System...................... 109

Low Battery Charge (12 volt)................... 349
Low Fuel Indicator...................................... 70
Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 72, 349
Low Smart Entry Remote Signal
Strength .................................................. 105
Low Temperature Indicator....................... 76
Lower Anchor ............................................. 57
Lubricant Specifications Chart................. 358
Luggage (Maximum Load Limit) ............. 235

M
Maintenance............................................. 279
Battery .................................................... 317
Brake Fluid .............................................. 298
Cleaning ................................................. 320
Climate Control System........................... 319
Coolant................................................... 295
Maintenance MinderTM ............................ 283
Oil........................................................... 290
Precautions ............................................. 280
Radiator .................................................. 296
Remote Transmitter................................. 318
Replacing Light Bulbs .............................. 300
Safety...................................................... 281
Service Items ........................................... 286
Tires ........................................................ 308
Transmission Fluid ................................... 297
Under the Hood ...................................... 288
Maintenance MinderTM ............................ 283
Malfunction Indicator Lamp.............. 69, 350

Index

Number Tag ............................................ 104
Rear Door Won’t Open ............................ 112
Remote Transmitter ................................. 106
Types and Functions ................................ 103
Won’t Turn................................................ 24
Kickdown .................................................. 242

373

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

374 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Map Lights ................................................ 139
Maximum Load Limit................................ 235
MENU Button.............................................. 93
Meters, Gauges ........................................... 84
Mirrors....................................................... 132
Adjusting................................................. 132
Door........................................................ 132
Exterior.................................................... 132
Interior Rearview...................................... 132
Modifications and Accessories ................. 277
MP3............................................ 167, 175, 180
Multi-Information Display.......................... 85

N
Numbers (Identification) .......................... 360

Index

374

Odometer.................................................... 88
Oil (Engine) ............................................... 290
Adding .................................................... 292
Checking ................................................. 291
Displaying Oil Life .................................... 284
Low Oil Pressure Indicator.................. 72, 349
Recommended Engine Oil........................ 290
Viscosity .................................................. 290
Opening/Closing
Hood ....................................................... 289
Power Windows ...................................... 119
Trunk....................................................... 114

Outside Temperature Display.................... 89
Overheating.............................................. 347

P
Pandora®................................................... 174
Panic Mode ............................................... 118
Parking...................................................... 271
Parking Brake ........................................... 267
Parking Brake and Brake System
Indicator (Red) .................................. 68, 351
Passenger Airbag Off Indicator ................. 50
Passing Indicators ..................................... 124
Power Flow Monitor .................................. 92
Power Windows ....................................... 119
Precautions While Driving ....................... 241
Rain ........................................................ 241
Pregnant Women ....................................... 37
Puncture (Tire).......................................... 335

R
Radiator .................................................... 296
Radio (AM/FM) ......................................... 161
Radio (XM®) .............................................. 164
Radio Data System (RDS) ......................... 162
Range .......................................................... 88
RDS (Radio Data System) ......................... 162
Readiness Code (Emissions Testing) ........ 363
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
Button ..................................................... 130

Rearview Camera ..................................... 272
Rearview Mirror ....................................... 132
Refueling .................................................. 273
Fuel Gauge ............................................... 84
Gasoline ......................................... 273, 358
Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 70
Regulations ...................................... 265, 310
Remote Transmitter ................................. 106
Replacement
Battery.................................................... 317
Bulbs ...................................................... 300
Fuses .............................................. 353, 354
Tires........................................................ 314
Wiper Blade Rubber ................................ 306
Reporting Safety Defects......................... 362
Resetting a Trip Meter............................... 88

S
Safe Driving................................................ 27
Safety Check............................................... 31
Safety Labels .............................................. 65
Safety Message ............................................ 1
Seat ........................................................... 134
Adjusting ................................................ 134
Front Seat ............................................... 134
Seat Heaters ........................................... 143
Seat Belts .................................................... 32
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor ................. 36
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners ................. 34
Checking .................................................. 38

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

375 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Spark Plugs................................................ 358
Specifications ............................................ 358
Specified Fuel.................................... 273, 358
Speedometer .............................................. 84
SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................. 39
Starting the Engine .................................. 238
Does Not Start ......................................... 341
Engine Switch Buzzer .............................. 123
Jump Starting .......................................... 344
Steering Wheel ......................................... 131
Adjusting................................................. 131
Stopping.................................................... 271
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ........ 42
Switches (Around the Steering Wheel) ... 4, 5
System Message Indicator .......................... 74

T
Tachometer ................................................. 84
Temperature
High Temperature Indicator ....................... 76
Low Temperature Indicator ........................ 76
Outside Temperature Display ..................... 89
Temperature Sensor ................................... 89
Text Message ............................................ 224
Time (Setting) ........................................... 102
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) ..................................................... 263
Indicator ............................................ 73, 352
Tire Repair Kit ........................................... 327

Tires........................................................... 308
Air Pressure ..................................... 309, 359
Checking and Maintaining ...................... 308
Compact Spare Tire......................... 335, 359
Inspection ............................................... 308
Labeling .................................................. 309
Puncture (Flat Tire) .................................. 335
Regulations ............................................. 311
Rotation .................................................. 315
Spare Tire................................................ 335
Tire Chains .............................................. 316
Tire Repair Kit.......................................... 327
Wear Indicators ....................................... 313
Winter..................................................... 316
Tools.......................................................... 326
Towing a Trailer ....................................... 237
Towing Your Vehicle................................ 237
Emergency .............................................. 356
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring
System) .................................................... 263
Indicator............................................ 73, 352
Transmission ............................................. 243
Automatic ............................................... 243
Fluid........................................................ 297
Shift Lever Position Indicator.............. 69, 244
Trip Meter................................................... 88

Index

Fastening .................................................. 35
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder
Seat Belt ................................................. 59
Pregnant Women...................................... 37
Reminder .................................................. 33
Warning Indicator ............................... 33, 70
Seat Heaters ............................................. 143
Security System
Immobilizer System Indicator..................... 75
Security System Alarm Indicator ................ 76
Select Lever ........................................ 20, 243
Operation ......................................... 20, 244
Releasing ................................................ 346
Won’t Move ........................................... 346
Select/Reset Knob ...................................... 86
Selecting a Child Seat ................................ 56
Shift Lever .......................................... 20, 243
Shift Lever Position Indicator ............ 69, 244
Shifting ..................................................... 243
Shoulder Anchor ........................................ 36
Side Airbags ............................................... 46
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 48
Smart Entry System .................................. 107
Indicator ................................................... 79
Smart Entry with Push Button Start
System..................................................... 107
Indicator ................................................... 79
SMS Text Message.................................... 224
Snow Tires ................................................ 316
SOURCE Button .......................................... 93
Spare Tire ......................................... 335, 359

375

15 CIVIC IMA-31TR26300.book

376 ページ

２０１４年９月９日 火曜日 午後１２時２０分

Troubleshooting ....................................... 325
Blown Fuse ...................................... 353, 354
Brake Pedal Vibrates .................................. 25
Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door .......... 25
Emergency Towing .................................. 356
Engine Does Not Start.............................. 341
Noise When Braking .................................. 25
Overheating............................................. 347
Puncture/Flat Tire............................. 327, 335
Rear Door Won’t Open ...................... 24, 112
Regular Gasoline.............................. 273, 358
Shift Lever Won’t Move ........................... 346
Warning Indicators .................................... 68
Trunk ......................................................... 114
Lid ........................................................... 114
Light Bulb ................................................ 358
Turn Signals............................................... 124
Indicators (Instrument Panel)...................... 74

Index

376

Unlocking the Doors................................. 106
Unlocking the Front Doors from the
Inside ......................................................... 17
USB Adapter Cable ........................... 148, 150
USB Flash Drives........................................ 191
USB/HDMI® Port ........................................ 149
Using the Smart Entry with Push Button
Start System............................................. 107

V
Vanity Mirrors............................................... 7
Vehicle Identification Number ................ 360
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®).................. 259
Off Button............................................... 260
Off Indicator.............................................. 72
System Indicator........................................ 71
Viscosity (Oil) .................................... 290, 359
VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist).................. 259

Winter Tires.............................................. 316
Snow Tires .............................................. 316
Tire Chains.............................................. 316
Wipers and Washers ................................ 128
Checking and Maintaining Wiper
Blades ................................................... 306
WMA......................................... 167, 175, 180
Worn Tires ................................................ 308

X
W
Warning and Information Messages......... 80
Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 349
Warning Labels........................................... 65
Warranties (Warranty Manual provided
separately) .............................................. 365
Watts......................................................... 358
Wear Indicators (Tire) .............................. 313
Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle) ........... 338
Window Washers ..................................... 128
Adding/Refilling Fluid .............................. 299
Switch..................................................... 128
Windows (Opening and Closing) ............ 119
Windshield................................................ 128
Cleaning ................................................. 323
Defrosting/Defogging.............................. 145
Washer Fluid ........................................... 299
Wiper Blades ........................................... 306
Wipers and Washers................................ 128

XM® Radio ................................................ 164

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.7
Linearized                      : Yes
Encryption                      : Standard V4.4 (128-bit)
User Access                     : Print, Extract, Print high-res
Create Date                     : 2014:09:12 09:16:48-07:00
Modify Date                     : 2014:09:12 09:16:48-07:00
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.4-c005 78.147326, 2012/08/23-13:03:03
Metadata Date                   : 2014:09:12 09:16:48-07:00
Format                          : application/pdf
Document ID                     : uuid:014fefa1-292b-4c1b-93e6-debf3afadc4c
Instance ID                     : uuid:56e932a2-2a11-4e88-8354-76dbc41bcdde
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Page Count                      : 377

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Honda 2015 Civic Hybrid Owners Manual

Manual ATR21515OM 2015 Honda Civic Hybrid Owner's Manual | Manual Device

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation